Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Moray Council - 25/09/2024

Moray Council · 25 September 2024
Back to Moray Council — 25 September 2024 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

Moray Council 
Wednesday, 25 September 2024 
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that a Meeting of the Moray Council is to be held at
Council Chambers, Council Office, High Street, Elgin, IV30 1BX on Wednesday,
25 September 2024 at 09:30. 
BUSINESS 
1. Sederunt 
2. Declaration of Group Decisions and Members Interests * 
3. Resolution
Consider, and if so decide, adopt the following resolution:
"That under Section 50A (4) and (5) of the Local Government
(Scotland) Act 1973, as amended, the public and media
representatives be excluded from the meeting for Items 16 and 17 of
business on the grounds that it involves the likely disclosure of exempt
information of the class described in the relevant Paragraphs of Part 1
of Schedule 7A of the Act.”   
4. Minutes 
4a. Minute of Special Meeting of Moray Council on 11 June
2024
7 - 8
4b. Minute of Meeting of Moray Council on 13 August 2024 9 - 16
5. Notice of Motion - Winter Fuel Payments 17 - 20
6. Notice of Motion - Action to Reduce Seagull Numbers in
Elgin
21 - 24
7. Written Questions ** 
Page 1

Page 2

8. Financial Reserves Policy
Report by the Depute Chief Executive (Economy, Environment and
Finance)  
25 - 40
9. Savings Delivery Plan
Report by the Depute Chief Executive (Economy, Environment and
Finance)  
41 - 60
10. Connected Charities Audited Annual Accounts 1 April
2023 to 31 March 2024
Report by the Depute Chief Executive (Economy, Environment and
Finance)  
61 - 84
11. Treasury Management Prudential Indicators
Report by the Depute Chief Executive (Economy, Environment and
Finance)  
85 - 98
12. Change to Calendar of Meetings
Report by the Depute Chief Executive (Education, Communities and
Organisational Development)  
99 -
102
13. Climate Adaptation Benchmarking 2023
Report by the Depute Chief Executive (Economy, Environment and
Finance)  
103 -
130
14. Climate Change Plan and Routemap to Net Zero 2024
Report by the Depute Chief Executive (Economy, Environment and
Finance)  
131 -
196
15. Moray Council Bus Revolution Phase 2
Report by the Depute Chief Executive (Economy, Environment and
Finance)  
197 -
234 
16. Cultural Quarter Governance Models [Para 8 and 9]
• 8 & 9. Information on proposed terms and/or expenditure to be
incurred by the Authority; 
17. Former Offices [Para 6 8 and 9]
• 6. Information relating to the financial or business affairs of any
particular person(s);
• 8 & 9. Information on proposed terms and/or expenditure to be
incurred by the Authority; 
Page 2

Page 3

Watching the Meeting
You can watch the webcast live by going to: 
http://www.moray.gov.uk/moray_standard/page_43661.html    
Webcasts are available to view for 1 year following the meeting.  
You can also attend the meeting in person, if you wish to do so,
please come to the High Street entrance door and a member of
staff will be let into the building. 
Page 3

Page 4

GUIDANCE NOTES 
* Declaration of Group Decisions and Members Interests - The Chair of the
meeting shall seek declarations from any individual or political group at the
beginning of a meeting whether any prior decision has been reached on how
the individual or members of the group will vote on any item(s) of business on
the Agenda, and if so on which item(s).  A prior decision shall be one that the
individual or the group deems to be mandatory on the individual or the group
members such that the individual or the group members will be subject to
sanctions should they not vote in accordance with the prior decision.  Any such
prior decisions will be recorded in the Minute of the meeting. 
** Written Questions - Any Member can put one written question about any
relevant and competent business within the specified remits not already on the
agenda, to the Chair provided it is received by the Proper Officer or Committee
Services by 12 noon two working days prior to the day of the meeting.  A copy
of any written answer provided by the Chair will be published on the Council’s
committee management system by 4pm the day before the meeting.  The
Member who has put the question may, after the answer has been published,
ask one supplementary question directly related to the subject matter at the
meeting, but no discussion will be allowed. 
No supplementary question can be put or answered more than 10 minutes after
the Council has started on the relevant item of business, except with the
consent of the Chair. If a Member does not have the opportunity to put a
supplementary question because no time remains, then he or she can submit it
in writing to the Proper Officer who will arrange for a written answer to be
provided within 7 working days. 
Page 4

Page 5

MORAY COUNCIL 
Moray Council 
SEDERUNT 
Councillor Kathleen Robertson  (Chair)
Councillor Donald Gatt  (Depute Chair)  
Councillor James  Allan  (Member)
Councillor Peter Bloomfield  (Member)
Councillor Neil Cameron  (Member)
Councillor Tracy Colyer  (Member)
Councillor Theresa Coull  (Member)
Councillor John Cowe  (Member)
Councillor John Divers  (Member)
Councillor Amber Dunbar  (Member)
Councillor Jérémie Fernandes  (Member)
Councillor David Gordon  (Member)
Councillor Juli Harris  (Member)
Councillor Sandy Keith  (Member)
Councillor Scott Lawrence  (Member)
Councillor Marc Macrae  (Member)
Councillor Paul McBain  (Member)
Councillor Neil McLennan  (Member)
Councillor Shona Morrison  (Member)
Councillor Bridget Mustard  (Member)
Councillor Derek Ross  (Member)
Councillor John Stuart  (Member)
Councillor Draeyk van der Horn  (Member)
Councillor Sonya Warren  (Member)
Councillor Ben Williams  (Member)  
Clerk Name: Tracey Sutherland
Clerk Telephone: 07971 879268
Clerk Email: committee.services@moray.gov.uk 
Page 5

Page 6

Page 6

Page 7

MORAY COUNCIL 
Minute of Special Meeting of the Moray Council 
Tuesday, 11 June 2024 
Council Chambers, Council Office, High Street, Elgin, IV30 1BX 
PRESENT 
Councillor James  Allan, Councillor Peter Bloomfield, Councillor Neil Cameron,
Councillor Tracy Colyer, Councillor Theresa Coull, Councillor John Cowe, Councillor
John Divers, Councillor Jérémie Fernandes, Councillor Donald Gatt, Councillor
David Gordon, Councillor Juli Harris, Councillor Sandy Keith, Councillor Scott
Lawrence, Councillor Graham Leadbitter, Councillor Marc Macrae, Councillor Paul
McBain, Councillor Neil McLennan, Councillor Shona Morrison, Councillor Bridget
Mustard, Councillor Kathleen Robertson, Councillor Derek Ross, Councillor John
Stuart, Councillor Draeyk van der Horn, Councillor Sonya Warren, Councillor Ben
Williams 
APOLOGIES 
Councillor Amber Dunbar 
IN ATTENDANCE 
Interim Chief Executive; Depute Chief Executive (Education, Communities and
Organisational Development); Depute Chief Executive (Economy, Environment and
Finance); Head of Governance, Strategy and Performance; Head of Financial
Services and Caroline O'Connor, Committee Services Officer.  
1.         Pre-Election Period 
The Chair reminded the Council the meeting was taking place during the pre-election
period and that there are restrictions on the Council over publishing material which
could show support for a particular party.  As Council meetings are webcast they fall
within these restrictions.  
The Chair stated the advice from the Monitoring Officer was that, whilst the Council can
continue to deal with "business as usual" items, should debate become overtly political
then the Chair may require to intervene.  
2.         Declaration of Group Decisions and Members Interests * 
In terms of Standing Orders 21 and 23 and the Councillors' Code of Conduct, there
were no declarations from Group Leaders or Spokespersons in regard to any prior
decisions taken on how Members will vote on any item on the agenda or any
declarations of Member's interests in respect of any item on the agenda.  
3.         Best Value in Moray Council 
The meeting had before it a report by the Interim Chief Executive asking members to
consider the Accounts Commission Findings on the Controller of Audit's Statutory
Report on the Council in relation to its Best Value duty.
Item 4a.
Page 7

Page 8

The Council joined the Civic Leader in thanking Officers and Members for the
collaborative work that had gone into producing the plan and noted the commitment
from Members to endeavour to continue the focus on collaborative working moving
forward. 
Following consideration the Council unanimously agreed to:-  
i) note the Accounts Commission's findings and key messages; 
ii) fully accept the Accounts Commission's findings (Appendix 1); 
iii) note that the Corporate Committee meeting on 24 April 2024 considered the
Accounts Commissions findings along with recent external audit
recommendations and a strategic self-assessment against the Best Value
statutory guidance criteria; 
iv) note that the Corporate Committee agreed a Best Value Action Plan 2024-2027
at its meeting on 24 April (Appendix 2) setting out the Council's priorities for the
next 3 years to enable it to meet its Best Value duty with progress to be
monitored on a quarterly basis and an annual review based on further strategic
self-assessments; and 
v) endorse the Best Value Action Plan 2024-2027 agreed by the Corporate
Committee and the steps agreed for monitoring progress, quarterly reporting
along with an annual self-assessment.   
Page 8

Page 9

MORAY COUNCIL 
Minute of Meeting of the Moray Council 
Tuesday, 13 August 2024 
Council Chambers, Council Office, High Street, Elgin, IV30 1BX 
PRESENT 
Councillor James  Allan, Councillor Peter Bloomfield, Councillor Neil Cameron,
Councillor Tracy Colyer, Councillor Theresa Coull, Councillor John Cowe, Councillor
John Divers, Councillor Amber Dunbar, Councillor Jérémie Fernandes, Councillor
Donald Gatt, Councillor David Gordon, Councillor Juli Harris, Councillor Sandy Keith,
Councillor Scott Lawrence, Councillor Graham Leadbitter, Councillor Marc Macrae,
Councillor Paul McBain, Councillor Neil McLennan, Councillor Shona Morrison,
Councillor Bridget Mustard, Councillor Kathleen Robertson, Councillor Derek Ross,
Councillor John Stuart, Councillor Draeyk van der Horn, Councillor Sonya Warren,
Councillor Ben Williams 
APOLOGIES 
No apologies were submitted. 
IN ATTENDANCE 
The Interim Chief Executive, Depute Chief Executive (Economy, Environment and
Finance), Depute Chief Executive (Education, Communities and Organisational
Development), Interim Chief Officer, Health and Social Care Moray, Interim Chief
Social Work Officer, Head of Service, Health and Social Care Moray, Chief
Financial Officer, Head of Governance, Strategy and Performance, Head of HR,
ICT and Organisational Development, Acting Head of Economic Growth and
Development, Head of Environmental and Commercial Services, Principal Climate
Change Strategy Officer, Development Officer, Public Transport Manager and the
Democratic Services Manager.   
1. Chair 
The meeting was chaired by Councillor Kathleen Robertson. 
2.         Suspension of Standing Orders 
In terms of Standing Order 83, the Chair sought the Council's agreement to
suspend Standing order 75 to continue the meeting until 1.00pm or the conclusion
of the particular item and then allow a lunch break and resume the meeting at
2.00pm.  
This was unanimously agreed.  
3.         Welcome and Congratulations 
The Council joined the Chair in welcoming Judith Proctor, Interim Chief Officer,
Health and Social Care Moray and Jim Lyon, Interim Chief Social Work Officer to
their first meeting of the Council.
Item 4b.
Page 9

Page 10

The Council also joined the Chair in congratulating Councillor Leadbitter on being
elected as the new Moray West, Nairn and Strathspey Member of Parliament
following the General Election in July.  The Chair further thanked Councillor
Leadbitter for all his work as a Councillor over the last 17 years, this being his final
meeting of the Council as he was resigning from 14 August 2024.  
4.         Declaration of Group Decisions and Members Interests * 
In terms of Standing Orders 21 and 23 and The Councillors' Code of conduct the
Council noted that there were no declarations for Group Leaders or Spokesperson
in regard to any prior decisions taken on how members will vote on any item on the
agenda or any declarations of Member's interests in respect of any item on the
agenda.    
5.         Minute of Meeting of Moray Council on 26 June 2024 
The minute of the Meeting of Moray Council on 26 June 2024 was submitted for
approval.  
Councillor McLennan sought that the minute be amended to reflect the agreement
by the Head of Environmental and Commercial Services to include Safe School
Routes in the consultation on the School Transport Policy.  
Subject to the change the Council agreed the minute as an accurate record of the
meeting.  
6.         Written Questions 
Under reference to Standing Order 36 a written question from Councillor
McLennan was submitted in the following terms:  
A decision by a Scottish Court to uphold a complaint against Moray Council social
workers making false sexual claims about a foster parent and the events therein
costing the council a total of £1.3 million including damages of £346,000 reported
in the Press and Journal 28.06.2024.  The press reports suggest the false
allegations levelled at the foster parent(s) were potentially motivated by the fact the
foster parents had made a complaint about the Council. Understanding this case,
having assurances and ensuring lessons are learned which ensure no repeat of
this is vital for public trust and Best Value. This includes eradicating any culture of
attacking those who speak up on serious matters and wrongdoing. 
What assurances can be given that such wrongdoing will not occur again that
those involved in this case are properly investigated (and if appropriate, censured)
by their governing body and that children are, and have been safe under the care
of Moray Council?  
RESPONSE  
There has been a reporting restriction on this case which was only lifted on the
appeal decision by the Courts in July 2024. This does not apply to the original
Court decision which still has only limited detail in the public domain. The case was
around the impact on the human rights of a foster family, and the fostered children,
of a decision in 2017 to end a foster care placement.
Page 10

Page 11

For clarity, the total sum of compensatory payments made under Human Rights
legislation was £346,000.    
Legal costs associated with the case were £514,000.  
The Chief Social Work Officer (CSWO) has met with existing employees who were
involved at the time and a member of a partner provider service, from which he
has drawn out points of learning.  
Work is underway for professional learning and development from the themes
identified.  
The CSWO is co-operating fully with the Scottish Social Services Council (SSSC)
in its investigations into potential misconduct by officers involved in the case.
These investigations have not yet concluded and when their findings are received,
appropriate action will be taken as required.  
Councillor McLennan as a supplementary question sought clarification on which
Officers and Elected Members were aware of the complaint as he did not
remember seeing any Section 3 reports coming before Committee.  
In response the Interim Chief Executive stated that he was unable to give an
answer to the question as the case went back to 2017 and a number of Officers
involved in the case no longer work for the Council, however he confirmed that he
would endeavour to provide a response and circulate to Members following the
meeting.    
7.         Chief Social Work Officer Annual Report 2023-2024 
The meeting had before it a report submitted by the Chief Social Work Officer
which informed the Council of the annual report of the Chief Social Work Officer
(CSWO) on the statutory work undertaken on the Council's behalf during the
period 1 April 2023 to 31 March 2024 inclusive.  
Following lengthy consideration, the Council unanimously agreed to note the
contents of the report.  
8.         Moray Integration Joint Board Summary Report 
The meeting had before it a report by the Interim Chief Officer, Health and Social
Care Moray informing the Council of the latest approved minutes of the meetings
of the Moray Integration Joint Board.  
Following consideration, the Council unanimously agreed to note the content of the
report. 
9.         Resumption of the Meeting 
PRESENT 
Page 11

Page 12

Councillor James  Allan, Councillor Peter Bloomfield, Councillor Neil Cameron,
Councillor Tracy Colyer, Councillor Theresa Coull, Councillor John Cowe,
Councillor John Divers, Councillor Amber Dunbar, Councillor Jérémie Fernandes,
Councillor Donald Gatt, Councillor David Gordon, Councillor Juli Harris, Councillor
Sandy Keith, Councillor Scott Lawrence, Councillor Graham Leadbitter, Councillor
Marc Macrae, Councillor Paul McBain, Councillor Neil McLennan, Councillor
Shona Morrison, Councillor Bridget Mustard, Councillor Kathleen Robertson,
Councillor Derek Ross, Councillor John Stuart, Councillor Draeyk van der Horn,
Councillor Sonya Warren, Councillor Ben Williams  
APOLOGIES 
No apologies were submitted.  
ALSO IN ATTENDANCE 
The Interim Chief Executive, Depute Chief Executive (Economy, Environment and
Finance), Depute Chief Executive (Education, Communities and Organisational
Development), Interim Chief Officer, Health and Social Care Moray, Interim Chief
Social Work Officer, Head of Service, Health and Social Care Moray, Chief
Financial Officer, Head of Governance, Strategy and Performance, Head of HR,
ICT and Organisational Development, Acting Head of Economic Growth and
Development, Head of Environmental and Commercial Services, Principal Climate
Change Strategy Officer, Development Officer, Public Transport Manager and the
Democratic Services Manager.  
10.         Transformation Strategy Development 
The meeting had before it a report by the Depute Chief Executive (Education,
Communities and Organisational Development) asking the Council to consider and
endorse the ongoing development of projects that form part of the delivery of the
Council's Transformation Strategy.  
Following consideration the Council unanimously agreed to:  
i) endorse the further development and definition of the Council's
Transformation Strategy (Appendix 1), in particular the specification of
projects that are reported in separate reports on the Council agenda) and
the links with the Council's corporate priorities: 
a) Energy (LED)
b) Energy (Solar PV)  
The Council also unanimously agreed to:  
i) note the further planned work with members to continue to define and
develop the overall long-term definition of and approach to transformation; 
ii) note work is underway to prepare an expanded set of projects with financial
benefits, in particular relating to leisure, libraries, learning estate and
workforce projects by December 2024;   
iii) note that this work will contribute to the development of the future Council
transformation programme of change that is scheduled for June 2025; and
Page 12

Page 13

iv)  approve budget from transformation reserves as set out in paragraphs 4c
for resources required to progress the School Business Administration and
Learning Estate projects.    
Councillor Harris joined the meeting during the consideration of this item. 
11.         Forres Conservation Heritage Scheme Delivery Phase 
The meeting had before it a report by the Depute Chief Executive (Economy,
Environment and Finance) informing the Council that the 12 month Development
Phase of the Heritage and Place Programme, which was funded through Historic
Environment Scotland and the National Lottery Heritage Fund, has been
successfully completed.  
Following consideration, the Council unanimously agreed:  
i) to note the progress of the Heritage and Place Programme Development
Phase of the project;    
ii) that applications for the Delivery Phase be submitted to the National Lottery
Heritage Fund and Historic Environment Scotland which, if successful, will
result in a £3.3m 5-year investment programme; and    
iii) to delegate authority to the Acting Head of Economic Growth and
Development Services to approve and submit the Delivery Phase
applications with supporting documents.     
12.         Findhorn and Kinloss Area Bus Service 
The meeting had before it a report by the Depute Chief Executive (Economy,
Environment and Finance) informing the Council of the withdrawal of the
commercial bus service linking Kinloss and Findhorn with Forres and Elgin, the
impact on these communities and the options open to the Council.  
Councillor Keith moved adding an additional recommendation and sought
agreement from the Council for the Council Leader to write to the minister
responsible for the Network Support Grant Legislation seeking a review as one
size does not fit all.  Moray is a rural area which has issues that central Scotland
does not have.  
In response, Councillor Robertson, confirmed that she would be delighted to
second the motion and happy to write the letter.  
Councillor Leadbitter confirmed that he was happy with agreeing Option 3 but
confirmed he would be happy to support writing to the Ministry of Defence and
Stagecoach to seek assistance from them until a new provision via the Moray
Growth Deal can be introduced.  
Councillor Robertson confirmed that she was happy to also write to the Ministry of
Defence and Stagecoach and sought clarification from Officers on the implications
if the report was to be deferred until the next meeting of Council in September
2024 to allow the responses to the letters to be considered.
Page 13

Page 14

The Head of Environmental and Commercial Services confirmed that deferring the
report would not have any significant implications.  
Following further consideration the Council unanimously agreed:  
i) note the options available to this service;    
ii)  that Officers include proposals for Council to consider and determine in
relation to bus services servicing Findhorn, Kinloss and Forres as part of a
forthcoming wider report m.connect - as set out in Option 3 at para 4.4;    
iii)  the Council Leader will write to the Transport Secretary seeking a review of
the Network Support Grant Legislation;    
iv) the Council Leader will write to the Ministry of Defence and Stagecoach
seeking assistance with funding to continue the bus service in the interim;
and    
v) the Council Leader will also include an ask of Stagecoach in seeking a
continuation of the service provided until the end of September 2024 to
allow the Council to consider options further for an interim service.     
13.         Local Heat and Energy Strategy 
The meeting had before it a report by the Depute Chief Executive (Economy,
Environment and Finance) seeking agreement of the Council to approve the Moray
Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy (LHEES) and Delivery Plan as
amended following public consultation.  
Following consideration, the Council unanimously agreed to:  
i) approve the Moray LHEES (Appendix 1) and Delivery Plan (Appendix 2) as
amended following public consultation feedback (Appendix 3); 
ii)
note that while work will progress on the LHEES if agreed, several aspects
as highlighted within the Delivery Plan cannot be met within existing
resources; and    
iii)
delegate authority to the Acting Head of Economic Growth and Development
to allocate any additional government funding, which may be made available
following consideration of the LHEES, in accordance with the LHEES
Strategy and Delivery Plan as agreed.    
14.         LED Replacement Programme Corporate Buildings 
The meeting had before it a report by the Depute Chief Executive (Economy,
Environment and Finance) which outlined the proposed plan to replace lighting
within the Council’s Corporate Estate with Light Emitting Diode (LED) to improve
the environment in the property and reduce running costs and seeks approval to
delegate authority to the Head of Housing and Property Services and the Chief
Financial Officer to approve individual projects on a spend to save basis.
Page 14

Page 15

Following consideration the Council agreed to:  
i) note the proposed plan to replace lighting in corporate assets; and     
ii) delegate authority to the Head of Housing and Property Services and Chief
Financial Officer to progress projects that meet the Council’s spend to save
principles in line with the Council’s standard governance processes
including ancillary project management governance.    
15.         Programme to Install Solar Photovoltaic on Council Buildings 
The meeting had before it a report by the Depute Chief Executive (Economy,
Environment and Finance) outlining the proposed plan to install solar photovoltaic
(PV) on Council assets to generate electricity to be used in the buildings.  
Following consideration the Council unanimously agreed to:  
i) note the proposed plan to install solar PV on corporate assets; and    
ii) delegate authority to the Head of Housing and Property Services and Chief
Financial Officer to agree individual projects based on the spend to save
principles in line with the Council’s standard governance processes including
ancillary project management governance.     
Page 15

Page 16

Page 16

Page 17

__________________________________________________
NOTICE OF MOTION
TO MORAY COUNCIL
WEDNESDAY 25 SEPTEMBER 2024 
Winter Fuel Payments 
Preliminary issues 
• Council notes with concern the recent decision by the UK Government to
introduce means-testing for the Winter Fuel Payment. This decision threatens
to significantly impact pensioners in our community, particularly given that
Moray experiences some of the coldest winter temperatures in the United
Kingdom. 
Background 
• The consequence of this decision means that the Scottish Government would
need to allocate an additional £100 million to ensure that the Pension Age
Winter Heating Payment remains universal. This financial burden could detract
from other critical services and supports necessary for our residents. 
• Furthermore, it is essential to highlight that over 5,000 pensioners in Moray
benefited from the Winter Heating Payment last year. The introduction of
means-testing would directly affect these individuals, potentially leaving them
vulnerable during the coldest months of the year. 
• Be concise but include sufficient and clear info for members to make an
informed and balanced decision. 
• Give clear links to any reference material. 
Action 
• Council firmly believes that all pensioners, irrespective of their income, should
be supported during the winter months to ensure they can adequately heat their
homes and maintain a decent standard of living. The Winter Fuel Payment has
historically been a vital lifeline for many elderly individuals in our community,
helping to mitigate the risks of cold-related health issues and ensuring their
well-being during harsh winter conditions. 
• Therefore, Moray Council calls on the UK Government to reverse its decision to
means-test the Winter Fuel Payment, and ensure that the financial burden of
Item 5.
Page 17

Page 18

maintaining a universal winter fuel payment is not passed onto the Scottish
Government and therefore on local authorities. 
• We urge the UK Government to recognise the unique climatic challenges faced
by regions such as Moray and to maintain this critical support for all
pensioners. 
• Moray Council resolves that the Leader of the Council should write to the
Chancellor of the Exchequer expressing the Council’s strong opposition to the
means-testing of the Winter Fuel Payment and highlighting the financial strain it
would place on the Scottish Government to maintain universal payments. 
Financial implications 
• There are no financial implications for the Council in writing the letter 
Proposed By: Councillor Sonya Warren 
Seconded By: Councillor Theresa Coull 
Date Motion Submitted: 6 August 2024 
Page 18

Page 19

**[Date]** 
Rt Hon Rachel Reeves MP 
Chancellor of the Exchequer
HM Treasury
1 Horse Guards Road
London
SW1A 2HQ 
Dear Chancellor, 
Request to Reverse the Decision to Means-Test the Winter Fuel Payment 
I am writing to you on behalf of the Moray Council to express our deep concern
regarding the recent decision by the UK Government to introduce means-testing for
the Winter Fuel Payment. We believe this decision will have severe and detrimental
effects on the pensioner population within our community. 
Moray is known for experiencing some of the coldest winter temperatures in the
United Kingdom. In such a climate, the Winter Fuel Payment has been a vital lifeline
for many of our elderly residents, helping them to adequately heat their homes and
protect their health during harsh winter conditions. Last year alone, over 5,000
pensioners in Moray benefitted from this crucial support. 
The consequence of the means-testing decision means that the Scottish
Government would need to find an additional £100 million to maintain the universal
provision of the Pension Age Winter Heating Payment. This substantial financial
burden would likely necessitate reallocation from other critical services, thus
impacting the broader community adversely. 
Moray Council firmly believes that all pensioners, regardless of their income, should
be supported through the winter months. The universal nature of the Winter Fuel
Payment has ensured that vulnerable individuals are not missed and that no
pensioner has to choose between heating and other essentials. 
In light of these considerations, Moray Council passed a motion calling on the UK
Government to reverse its decision to means-test the Winter Fuel Payment. We urge
you to reconsider this policy, taking into account the unique climatic challenges faced
by regions such as Moray and the essential support this payment provides to all our
pensioners. 
We hope that you will give this matter the urgent attention it deserves and take
immediate steps to ensure that all pensioners continue to receive the Winter Fuel
Payment without means-testing. By doing so, you will help protect the health and
well-being of thousands of elderly individuals in Moray and across the UK. 
Thank you for your attention to this important matter. 
Yours sincerely 
Page 19

Page 20

Page 20

Page 21

__________________________________________________
NOTICE OF MOTION
TO MORAY COUNCIL
ON WEDNESDAY 25 SEPTEMBER 2024 
Preliminary Issues
None to consider  
Background
Over recent years seagulls have become a menace to the people of Elgin. Despite
the efforts of bodies like Elgin BID, the Moray Council and other public sector
organisations and private companies in seeking to address the problems caused by
the seagulls the issue remains. 
Seagulls are traditionally a coastal species but have spread to towns like Elgin.
These so-called urban gulls are now commonplace and often attack people, cause
noise and general disturbance. 
Whilst introducing gull proof bins and installing sonic sound devices, paid for by the
Elgin Common Good Fund, has seen some improvements in terms of fewer chicks
being raised, the identified problems have continued and the issue of seagulls
continues to be a matter of concern for Elgin residents.  
The NatureScot licensing system does not allow for the Moray Council to properly
address the problem of seagull numbers. Ministerial direction is sought to ensure
NatureScot considers the impact on residents of affected towns – alongside any
objective to protect endangered birds. 
Action
This Council notes the public concern over seagull numbers in Elgin and agrees to
approach Scottish Ministers seeking further interventions to control numbers going
forward. 
It is proposed that the Council instructs the Council Leader to write to the Cabinet
Secretary for Rural Affairs, Land Reform and Islands. This letter will seek ministerial
direction in the matter and instruct NatureScot to licence further interventions to
reduce the menace of seagull numbers in Elgin and elsewhere.    
Item 6.
Page 21

Page 22

Financial Implications
There are no financial implications arising from this report.    
Proposed By: Councillor Sandy Keith  
Seconded By: Councillor John Divers  
Date Motion Submitted: 6 September 2024 at 11.04am 
DRAFT LETTER 
Mairi Gougeon
Cabinet Secretary for Rural Affairs, Land Reform and Islands
The Scottish Government
St. Andrew’s House
Regent Road
Edinburgh.
EH1 3 DG.  
Dear Ms Gougeon  
Action to Reduce Seagull Numbers in Elgin  
At the Moray Council meeting on Wednesday 25th September 2024 members
debated a Notice of Motion calling for urgent action to reduce the seagull population
in Elgin and I was mandated to write to you as a consequence.  
For many years the public of Elgin have become used to the phenomenon of “urban
gulls.” The numbers of gulls inhabiting the town are such that they have become a
danger to the general public.  
Moray Council has tried to work within the licensing system operated by NatureScot.
The Moray Council has carried out egg and nest removal initiatives when licensing
allowed and has for the last two seasons spent a considerable sum of public money
on sonic sound devices and other activities. Provision of gull proof bins has also
been funded.  
The business community has been on board this journey and Elgin BID has funded
sonic devices in Elgin Town Centre. Other private companies have also opted to do
likewise.  
Whilst these initiatives have seen the numbers of young chicks fall in general, it
would be fair to say that the results are still way off what is required to finally address
the matter and see seagull numbers drastically reducedin urban areas. Furthermore,
changes to NatureScot’s licencing regime have made it practically impossible for
councils to take more effective actions like egg and nest removal.  
Page 22

Page 23

Public finances are stretched across the UK at this time. It cannot be right for public
funding to continue to be used on very limited measures of lesser efficacy than
options which are not permitted by NatureScot, in the face of what, at best, seems a
very gradual decline in numbers. For example, Elgin Common Good Fund has spent
£26,000 in 2024/25 and in the last financial year Moray Council spent £100,000 on
seagull control measures across Moray. The business sector has also spent many
thousands in this regard.  
The public of Elgin and Moray in general would like to see decisive action,
withpeople living in fear of attack, noise is causing many problems with their sleep
patterns and the seagull droppings are both unsightly and a potential health hazard.
Anecdotally, tourists are telling us that they do not plan to come back to Elgin due to
the nuisance caused by seagulls.  
Council members are united in their belief that urgent action to reduce seagull
numbers is necessary going forward. Once numbers are reduced to safe levels
remedial action will be necessary to maintain the population at this lower baseline.
This control of numbers will allow for the smaller garden birds to make a comeback
as they will no longer have to compete with these aggressive birds thus biodiversity
will be enhanced.  
I would, therefore, be obliged if you could give this matter some consideration.
NatureScot has a belief that numbers of these birds are falling but the council
questions their numbers. The Joint Nature Conservation Committee acknowledges
that population estimates of Herring Gulls and Lesser Black-backed Gulls are
considered unreliable due to likely under-estimation of roof-nesting gull numbers. 
Ministerial direction is deemed necessary for NatureScot to be required  to balance
legitimate endeavours aimed an protecting endangered  birds and with the well
evidenced effects upon humans. This does not require a change to the law, as the
Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 continues to provide for general licenses to control
wild bird populations. S16A(5) provides that NatureScot acts as a licensing authority
under written ministerial direction. We therefore urge you to act. 
In order to maintain public confidence in wider efforts to protect endangered species
of birds, we therefore seek action to remove excessive restrictions on the control of
urban gulls.   
I look forward to hearing from you in due course. 
Page 23

Page 24

Page 24

Page 25

REPORT TO:   MORAY COUNCIL ON 25 SEPTEMBER 2024 
SUBJECT: FINANCIAL RESERVES POLICY 
BY:  DEPUTE CHIEF EXECUTIVE (ECONOMY, ENVIRONMENT AND
FINANCE) 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To seek approval of the Council’s updated Financial Reserves Policy. 
1.2 This report is submitted to Council in terms of Section B (7) of the Council’s
Scheme of Administration relating to regulating and managing the finances of
the Council and preparing and reviewing from time to time such rules as may
be necessary for the proper administration of the Council’s financial affairs. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Council: 
(i) approves the Financial Reserves Policy attached as APPENDIX 1
to this report; and 
(ii) agrees that the next review will be no later than October 2027. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 Members consider the purpose and use of financial reserves as part of the
financial planning process, culminating in the approval of the Revenue budget
for the year ahead.  The Financial Reserves Policy was last reviewed by
Council on 15 September 2021 (paragraph 29 of the Minute refers).  It was
agreed at that time that the policy would be reviewed no later than October
2024. 
3.2 The Reserves Policy follows CIPFA and LASAAC guidance on financial
reserves and covers four main areas: 
• The types of reserve held by the Council
• Statutory and governance requirements
• The arrangements for reporting and review
• The minimum level of free general reserve.
Item 8.
Page 25

Page 26

3.3 The approach to setting the minimum level of Free General Reserve
continues to be to have due regard to the strategic, operational and financial
risks facing the Council.  The level of Free General Reserve as a percentage
of the Council’s turnover (defined as General Revenue Grant plus budgeted
Council Tax income) is also considered and benchmarked.  When the Council
set its budget for 2024/25 on 28 February 2024 (paragraph 7 of the Minute
refers) it approved transfer of £1 million from the ear-marked reserve for
Council priorities into Free General Reserve.  The review of the minimum
level confirms this as an appropriate level of Free General Reserve for the
Council. 
3.4 This report meets the target for reporting on reserves policy included in the
Best Value Action Plan.   
4. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement
Plan (LOIP))
The Financial Reserves Policy supports the Council’s Short to Medium
Term and Medium to Long Term Financial Strategies, which are
aligned to the Corporate Plan. 
(b) Policy and Legal
This policy is in accord with the CIPFA and LASAAC guidance: the
Statutory Basis for Accounting for and Disclosing Reserves in Scottish
Local Government bodies 2021.  This guidance is mandatory and
ensures compliance with section 12 of the Local Government
(Scotland) Act 2003. 
(c) Financial implications 
There are no financial implications arising directly from this report. The
report recommends amending the policy position on the minimum
amount of Free General Reserves to £6 million, and that is the amount
currently in Free General Reserves. 
(d) Risk Implications 
This policy assist the Council to manage the financial risk to which the
Council is exposed. 
(e)  Staffing Implications 
There are no staffing implications arising directly from this report.   
(f)   Property  
There are no property issues arising directly from this report.
Page 26

Page 27

(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact  
There are no equalities issues arising directly from this report.   
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
There are no climate change and biodiversity issues arising from this
report. 
(i) Consultations
CMT have been consulted in the preparation of this report. 
5. CONCLUSION 
5.1 It is best practice for the Council to have and to regularly review a
Financial Reserves Policy, which informs the Financial Strategies and
financial planning process of the Council. 
Author of Report: Lorraine Paisey, Chief Financial Officer
Background Papers:  Held in Financial Services 
Ref:      SPMAN-1293228629-1151 
Page 27

Page 28

Page 28

Page 29

APPENDIX 1 
FINANCIAL RESERVES POLICY 
Owner of Policy Chief Financial Officer
Author Lorraine Paisey
Date of review September 2024
Date of previous version September 2021
Policy approved 
Next review date September 2027  
Item 8.
Page 29

Page 30

THE FINANCIAL RESERVES POLICY 
1. Introduction 
1.1 It is good financial practice that the Council has a documented and approved
Financial Reserve Policy. 
1.2 The Statutory Basis for Accounting for and Disclosing Reserves in Scottish
Local Government Bodies (2021) provides mandatory guidance from LASAAC
in respect of Local Authority Reserves and Balances. 
1.3 The following Policy reflects the key messages from the guidance and also
outlines the practical application for the Council. 
2. Types of Useable Reserves Operated by the Council 
2.1 Useable reserves are those that can be applied to fund expenditure whereas
Unusable Reserves are restricted to accounting entries. 
General Fund Reserve 
2.2 The General Fund Reserve is split into a non-Earmarked portion and
Earmarked Reserve.  The former is often referred to as the “Free General
Reserve” and it is held for unforeseen emergencies and contingencies.  The
current Council policy is that the Free General Reserve should not be lower
than £5 million which represented  2.5% of annual turnover where turnover is
defined as General Government Revenue Grant Income and Council Tax
Budgeted Income when the policy was approved.  2.5% of the current General
Services Revenue Budget for  20214/225 is  £6.7 5.5million and the balance
on the Free General Reserve as at 31 March 2024 is £6,000,000. 
2.3 Earmarked Reserves are sums of money retained for future use for a specific
purpose or commitments made which cannot be accrued at year-end due to
not being in receipt of the service or goods.  In recent years a greater use has
been made of ear-marked reserves than had previously been the case to
ensure than any windfall funding is directed towards Council priorities,
including the transformation of Council services.  Significant sums of restricted
funding from government grants are now also being held and ear-marking
these assists in transparency and good management of these funds. 
2.4 The following cash backed ear-marked reserves are held within the General
Fund Reserve: 
Page 30

Page 31

Fund Purpose of fund Balance @
31 March
20212024
£000s
Covid-19 funding
Working Reserve
Carry forward funds given as part of
General Revenue Grant in 2020/21 to
deal with issues arising from the
pandemic
Balance of uncommitted funds above
Free General Reserve
16,421
8,686
Transformation
of services
To facilitate the Improvement and
Modernisation Programme (IMP) projects
under theTransformation Strategy
3,664
6,152
Council priorities To advance projects related to achieving
Council priorities, including £4 million set
aside to cover cash flow implications
from the Moray Growth Deal 
2,881
7,134
Devolved School
Management
(DSM)
To enable DSM budgets to be managed
over more than one financial year, per
the DSM scheme
1,343
753
Pupil Equity
Funding (PEF)
Education
Attainment Fund
To enable PEF funding from Scottish
Government for targeted support for
children and young people to be
managed over the academic year, per
the funding conditions
802
919
Expansion of
Early Years and
Childcare (ELC)
To carry forward specific grant funding to
use for the purposes the grant was given
573
Whole Family
Wellbeing Fund
(WFWF)
To carry forward unspent funds from
Scottish Government for WFWF,
expenditure plans for which must be
approved by Community Planning
partners
827
Refuge
resettlement
To carry forward unspent funds for a
variety of refugee resettlemtn
programmes
2,449
Other Primarily unspent grants / funding with
restrictions on its use
839
878
Total  26,523
27,798 
2.5 In addition to these cash backed ear-marked reserves the Council has an ear-
marked reserve arising from the retrospective element of the revision to
accounting for the Service Concession.  This totals £7,526,000 and is being
held to support borrowing for schools’ new build / refurbishment. 
Funds which are not earmarked for specific purposes are set aside to deal with
unexpected events or emergencies or at the discretion of Members.
Page 31

Page 32

Housing Revenue Account (HRA) 
2.6 These are funds which are for use by the Council’s Housing Service to
smooth expenditure or to fund emergencies on the HRA.  The funds are ring-
fenced for the Council’s Housing ServiceHRA.  As at 31 March 2024 they
amounted to £1,587,000. 
Statutory Funds 
2.7 There are also amounts set aside from the General Fund and HRA balances
in Statutory Funds to provide for future expenditure.  These are the Repairs
and Renewals Fund, which was established to assist with uninsured losses to
council properties arising from flooding incidents but which can be used for
any property maintenance or repairs, and the Insurance Fund, which was set
aside to pay any uninsured losses regarding school buildings but which can
be used to meet any insurable costs elected by the Council to self-insure. 
The General Services element of the Repairs and Renewals Fund was
expended in full in 2023/24 and the balance of £2,167,000 at 31 March 2024
relates to the HRA.  There is a balance of £1,514,000 on the Insurance Fund. 
Capital Fund 
2.8 The Capital Fund is used to directly finance future capital expenditure. 
Capital Grants Unapplied 
2.89 This reserve holds grants and contributions received towards capital projects. 
The balance of £3,681,000 as at 31 March 2024 represents funds which have
yet to be applied to meet the expenditure and which would otherwise require
repayment. 
Capital Receipts Reserve 
2.910 This reserve holds the proceeds from the disposal of land or other assets and
its use can only be for capital purposes as a general rule.  However for a four
year period ending 31 March 2021 Scottish Government gave a concession
that capital receipts could be used to fund expenditure anticipated to give rise
to recurring savings and the Council has taken advantage of this concession
unless specific permission is given by Scottish Government to use capital
receipts for other purposes.  The balance at 31 March 2024 was £1,664,000. 
3. Governance of Reserves 
3.1 The governance arrangements are as follows for each reserve: 
3.1 General Fund Reserve 
Page 32

Page 33

o Level of Free Reserves agreed as part of the Reserve Policy and
reviewed no less frequently than 3 yearly by the Corporate Committee
or full Council.
o Projected Balance reported to the Corporate Committee when
expenditure for the year is forecast.
o Reported annually to the full Council as part of the review of the
Financial Strategy. 
3.2 Earmarked Reserves 
o Creation of Earmarked Reserves approved by the Corporate
Committee or full Council.
o Update in respect of Earmarked Reserves reported monthly to the
Corporate Management Team.
o Projected balances reported to Corporate Committee of full Council in
quarterly monitoring reports and in Short to Medium Term Financial
Strategy updates 
3.3 Repairs and Renewal Fund 
o Additions to the Repairs and Renewal Fund require Corporate 
Committee approval. 
This fund was set up specifically to provide for expenditure arising from flooding
incidents prior to the construction of flood alleviation schemes.  As part of the
financial planning process use of the General Services portion of the fund has
been proposed for a number of years.  This use has not been yet required but
is still planned.   
3.4 Capital Receipts Reserve 
o All receipts from sales of assets are paid into the Capital Receipts
Fund unless otherwise approved by the Corporate Committee.
o Capital Receipts FundReserve update reported as part of the quarterly
monitoring of the Capital Plan to Corporate Committee.
o Decisions to utilise the Capital Receipts Fund approved by the Moray
Council.Capital receipts will be used to fund capital expenditure before
any additional borrowing 
3.5 Insurance Fund 
o Insurance Fund Balance reviewed and reported as part of the Annual
Accounts to the Moray Council. 
Earmarked Reserves Process 
3.6 An earmarked reserve cannot be established without the approval of the Chief
Financial Officer and the Corporate Committee or full Council. 
3.7 For each earmarked reserve there needs to be a clear documented and
Page 33

Page 34

approved understanding of the purpose of the reserve, the timescale for which
the reserve is required and anticipated phasing. 
3.8 For earmarked reserves projecting over £50,000 of spend during the year
then the annual spend requires monthly phasing. 
3.89 As part of the year end accounts the remaining balance and continuing
purpose of the earmarked reserve requires reviewing by the budget holder
and approval by the Chief Financial Officer. 
3.10 Any earmarked reserve  no longer required is to be written back to free
General Fund reserves. 
4. Role of the Chief Financial Officer 
4.1 The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for advising on the targeted
optimum levels of reserves the Council aims to hold.  The Council based on
that advice should then approve the appropriate reserve strategy as part of
the financial planning process. 
5. Reporting and Review 
5.1 The Reserves Policy requires to be reviewed and approved no less frequently
than three yearly and reported to the Corporate Committee or full Council. 
5.2 In the event that it is projected that the Council’s Non-Earmarked General
Fund Reserve (‘Free General Reserve’) will fall below the approved limit, then
the Chief Financial Officer should report no later than to the next meeting of
the Corporate Committee or full Council, whichever is earlier, explaining the
reasons for this shortfall and the options available to rectify the situation. 
6. Level of Free General Reserve 
6.1 The level of free general reserve held by the Council is a key component in
risk management for the Council and so it is considered appropriate that in
determining the minimum level of reserves to be held by the Council that
explicit recognition of the risks likely to impact on that balance are recognised. 
6.2 An update to the Council’s corporate risk register was approved by the
Corporate Committee at its meeting on 23 April 2024 and includes the
following risks with potential financial impact: 
1. Demand for services outstrips available budget
1.2. Price inflation and increased borrowing costs
2.3. Savings require to be made to create a sustainable financial operating
environment
3.4. MIJB – no council control but liability for around 50% overspend, (if
any).
Page 34

Page 35

4.5.  Inability to recruit
5.6. Impact of climate change and severe weather events
6.7. Regulatory penalties: Data protection breaches, Health and Safety
incidents
7.8. Economic performancerecovery – poor local economic performance
could result in lost Council Tax and Non Domestic Rates income, lower
rentals from the industrial estate and pressure on services 
The mitigations in place for these risks are set out in the risk register. 
6.3 The following points of detail should be considered: 
Service demand 
6.4  There is anticipated to be a change in  increasing demand for council services
arising from demographic movementsgrowth.  There is an element of the
council’s allocation of General Revenue Grant which is based on population
numbers.  This is based on statistical projections of population numbers from
the National Records of Scotland (NRS).  Historically these projections have
lagged behind the actual growth of Moray’s population, which means that
existing budgets are under pressure to accommodate population based
service growth.  A report to the Economic Growth, Housing and
Environmental Sustainability Committee on 24 August 2021 highlighted some
particular concerns with current population projections for Moray.  A change in
demographic balance is projected, with decreasing numbers of under 18 year
old and increasing numbers of over 65 year old.  This will require a reshaping
of the services the Council delivers. 
Savings 
6.5 The Council requires to make significant savings and as yet there is no
defined plan agreed suite of savings to meet the whole funding gap.  There is
an underlying overspend which had previously been funded from a
combination of retention of Non Domestic rates income under the Business
Rates Incentivisation Scheme (BRIS) and use of reserves. It is currently
anticipated that there will be no funding available from in the workingcovid
ear-marked reserve to cover the underlying budget gap in 20225/236 and
contribute towards it in 2023/24.   
6.6 Savings arising from transformation programmes generally (i) take time and
(ii) require upfront funding.  A cushion of reserves will be needed for this
process and as indicated above the uncommitted element of the covid ear
marked reserve is currently planned to be used to plug the budget gap. 
Further reserves require to be identified for investment in changeand there is
a limited amount of reserves set aside to fund transformation of Council
services.   
6.7 The Council has been making significant savings since 2008.  As time
progresses savings are more difficult to find and there is a risk that savings
offered are more difficult to achieve.  Savings which rely on increased income
Page 35

Page 36

from charging for services are particularly at risk as the initial impact of
increased charges is usually decreased uptake of service. 
6.8 A combination of the impact of the UK leaving the EU and the effect of the
pandemic is causing shortages of labour and goods, resulting in current high
level of construction costs and above target general inflation as measured by
CPIH is anticipated later in this financial year.  This may have on-going
impacts on costs which could result in further savings being required.  Inflation
as measured by CPIH has reduced and stabilised from the recent high and
volatile measures but there is no guarantee that this will continue. 
6.9 The pay award for 20214/225 has not been agreed for any of the employee
groups.  Recent hHigher inflation and pay settlements in England are
contributing to could play out in continuing increased pay demands. The
Council is looking at consolidating the Living Wage into its pay scales.  This
will have cost implications.  Various options are currently being considered. 
MIJB 
6.10 The MIJB is currently overcommitted against budget is also in excess of
agreed funding.  Previously planned savings were put on hold during the
response to the pandemic.  An ambitious recovery plan has been approved by
the Board.  Demand for services is rising. 
Recruitment 
6.11 If the Council is unable to recruit into posts then these must be covered
by other staff working additional hours, agency staff or out-sourcing.  As a
general rule, it is more expensive to employ agency staff or to outsource
than to employ Council staff. 
Climate Change and severe weather events 
6.12 The Council has recognised a climate change emergency and adopted a
Climate Change Strategy.  This recognises that severe weather events are
increasingly likely. In the past the Council has had to deal with damage to
Council buildings, roads, bridges and harbour infrastructure due to severe
weather events, as well as the costs of immediate response eg provision of
alternative accommodation for people whose houses have been affected. 
6.13 The Bellwin scheme, which is designed to assist councils in dealing with major
emergencies, does not cover all expenditure incurred by a council and in
particular assumes that the council will meet all costs up to the threshold
(currently 0.2% of the council’s net budget). 
6.14 The winter maintenance budget is set for a mild winter.  Unlike many other
councils, Moray does not hold a specific ear-marked winter maintenance
reserve for bad winters. 
Page 36

Page 37

6.15 There are suggestions that energy prices may rise to fund developments in
energy production such as green hydrogen.  Perhaps related to current
weather patterns an increasing number of landslips and other infrastructure
failures such as sink holes are occurring. 
Regulatory penalties
6.16 The General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) has a regime of potentially
swingeing penalties  for breach of GDPR.  Health and Safety breaches can
incur fines and can result in higher insurance costs. 
Economic RecoverySustainability
6.17 The risk of a prolonged economic downturn following the pandemic and
Britain’s withdrawal from the European Union is recognised in the Corporate
Risk Register.Increased costs from the effect of inflation and higher interest
rates have the potential to have a negative impact on business, nationally and
locally.  An economic downturn would be likely to have effects which are both
direct – in terms of lower Council Tax, Non Domestic Rates, housing and
property rental and increased benefit claims – and indirect – in terms of
changing and increasing demands on Council services – and is compounded
by the continued restrictions on construction activity, supply chain shortages
and high current level of construction inflation. 
6.18 In addition to those risks specifically included in the Corporate Risk Register,
the largest area of uncertainty of direct relevance to the Council’s finances is
the level of income available to Scottish Government – with more money
generated directly or indirectly from a share of national taxes the income
available for Holyrood to distribute is less certain than under the Block Grant
system – and the willingness of Scottish Government to direct unrestricted
funding to local authorities.  The medium to long-term impact of both the
pandemic and the UK withdrawal from the EU are unknowns both of which
could have significant impact on revenue generated by Scottish Government 
6.19 CIPFA in the draft suite of Financial Resilience Indicators (for use in England
and Wales) include reference to the availability of council reserves as a test of
resilience.   In essence the lower the level of council reserves the less resilient
that council is in regard to the ability to cope with unplanned events.   
Benchmarking against other Scottish local authorities prior to 2020/21for
2024/25 shows Moray to have a fairly typical minimum approved level, with
1.52% - 34% of annual turnover being roughly the range reported and 2% the
most common.  The position for all Scottish local authorities changed
dramatically for the year ended 31 March 2021, with very significant increases
in funding announced and received towards the end of that financial year,
largely directly related to the pandemic, although mainly paid as
redetermination to General Revenue Grant.  Moray’s share of this funding has
been ear-marked, and a considerable proportion of the ear-marked funding is
estimated to be required in 2021/22.  The question of the appropriate policy
position regarding free general reserve should be considered without
reference to this ear-marked reserve.  
Page 37

Page 38

6.20 As a test of the reasonableness of the policy position on free general reserves
the following table gives some guidance: 
Risk Proposed measure £000s
Rise in demand  
Pay award Increase from provision in 2021/22
budget to Scottish Government public
sector pay policy current pay offer to
5.5% as per settlement in England 
700
1,500
Further increase to pay demand 1,000
Living Wage To be determined following modelling 
MIJB Level of budget above funding
(Ccouncil share)  726
Allowance for overspend /
demographic growth (Council share)
1,000
Insurance claims –
employer’s liability
Average claims over last four years
(not updated – claims have been lower
but excess increased)
250
Insurance claims –
pot holes
Based on previous numbers of claims
in a bad winter
100
Infrastructure failure Average over last 2 years (not
updated) based on current recent
estimates
6001,000
Emergency event Bellwin threshold (202340/241 – latest
published figures)  443
478
Winter maintenance Average historic spend above budget
for last two years  600
Budget variance Based on average Directors of Finance
PIs (0.8% variance) for 2018/19 and
2019/20 as 2020/21 not a typical year
because of pandemic 1% 
21,700
Government grant
less than forecast
Sensitivity 1%  1,680
2,200
Interest rates Increase in loans pool rate from higher
borrowing charges (20230/241 rate
plus 100 bps) 
865
1,000
Increase in Council
Tax Reduction
Level of increase during pandemic 330
Reduction in Council
Tax collection rate
By 0.5% 3700
Reduction in
Industrial Estate
rentals
By 5% 100 
Total 
11,628
10,394 
A free reserve of £65 million gives 4852% coverage of the quantified risks
Page 38

Page 39

above.  It is unlikely that all of these scenarios would arise and so 5248%
coverage is considered reasonable. It is not considered prudent to reduce the
level of free reserve below £65 million.  This currently represents 2.332.78%
of the Council’s General Services revenue budgetturnover as defined in
paragraph 2.2. 
Page 39

Page 40

Page 40

Page 41

REPORT TO: MORAY COUNCIL ON 25 SEPTEMBER 2024 
SUBJECT: DEVELOPMENT OF SAVINGS PLAN FOR SHORT TO MEDIUM
TERM 
BY:  DEPUTE CHIEF EXECUTIVE (ECONOMY, ENVIRONMENT AND
FINANCE) 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To consider progress made in identifying savings to bridge the budget gap in
2024/25 and 2025/26, following the Council’s approved Short to Medium Term
Financial Strategy. 
1.2 This report is submitted to the Council in terms of the Council's Administrative
Scheme section (III) (A) (2) relating to considering Capital and Revenue
budgets and long term financial plans. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Council considers and notes: 
(i) progress made in identifying potential savings, following the Short
to Medium Term Financial Strategy; 
(ii) Additional savings of £307,000 as set out in paragraph 3.9; 
(iii) that further potential savings still require to be identified and the
timeline for budget developments; 
(iv) that there is still considerable uncertainty around key budget
assumptions in 2025/26 which may further alter the budget gap; and 
(v) that this report meets a target in the Best Value Action Plan of
developing a Savings Plan by the end of August 2024. 
2.2 It is recommended that the Council agrees to continue to deploy the
budget engagement strategy as set out in Appendix 1 to engage on future
Council priorities and delivery of services within a reduced budget.  
Item 9.
Page 41

Page 42

3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 The Council’s revenue budget for 2024/25 was approved at a meeting of Moray
Council on 28 February 2024 (paragraph 7 of the Minute refers).  A budget
shortfall in 2024/25 of £10.2 million was planned to be funded from reserves
and a savings target of £14 million for 2025/26 projected.  At the time this
budget was set, this level of use of reserves was recognised as a high-risk
strategy. 
3.2 Amendments to the budget were reported to Council on 26 June 2024
(paragraphs 11 and 14 of the Minute refer). The net result of those
amendments is that the projected use of working reserves required to balance
the budget in 2024/25 is £8.1 million and savings required to balance the
budget in 2025/26 and 2026/27 are projected to be £12.7 million, with savings
of £1.1 million already approved and indicative savings of £0.4 million from
Transformation projects, leaving a balance of £11.2 million to be found across
the two years.  The report also reflected the reduction in Working Reserve from
that previously estimated, following an exercise to separately identify and
account for all unspent funding with conditions on its use.  That resulted in £4
million being transferred to ear-marked reserves, reducing the Working Reserve
to £8.7 million as at 31 March 2024. 
3.3 Given the level of the Working Reserve and the planned use of that reserve in
2024/25, it is evident that no reliance can be placed on the Working Reserve to
help to fill the budget gap for 2025/26. 
3.4 At its meeting on 26 June 2024, Council approved a Short to Medium Term
Financial Strategy (paragraph 11 of the Minute refers), focussed on eliminating
the budget gap by 2026/27.  Effectively this means eliminating the budget gap
in 2025/26, with a small level of residual savings currently forecast as required
in 2026/27.  The Strategy reiterated the Council’s approved hierarchy of
transformation (which in this context means spend to save), income generation,
service reduction and cessation.  The Strategy also set out three principal
strands of work to identify savings: the thematic approach, the review-led
approach and the partnership approach (with Moray Integration Joint Board
(MIJB)). 
Spend to Save
3.5 Proposals for two new spend to save projects were approved as part of the
update to the Transformation Strategy reported to Council on 13 August 2024
(paragraph x of the Minute refers) which will also contribute to the Council’s
priority of reducing carbon emissions.  The current high level estimate of net
savings is £280,000 full year effect once all measures have been implemented. 
Income Generation
3.6 Income generation includes income from Council Tax.  The income strategy
approved by Council on 12 December 2023 (paragraph 10 of the Minute refers)
included increasing Council Tax in 2025/26 to recover from the Council Tax
freeze in 2024/25.  Inflation as measured by the Consumer Price Index
including Housing (CPIH) at that time (4.7%) was used as the baseline on
which to base the increases included in the indicative budgets for 2025/25 and
Page 42

Page 43

2026/27 (7% and 6.2% respectively), with CPIH projections for 2025/26 and
2026/27 of 3.6% and 1.8% respectively.  CPIH has since fallen to 2.8% and is
projected to be 2% for 2026/27 Consideration as to an appropriate level of
increase will be required and inflation trends and projections will be closely
monitored as budget setting approaches. A range of increases will be put
forward as options to be considered.  At this juncture it is assumed that Scottish
Government will not impose a Council Tax freeze. 
3.7 A review of charges for services has commenced.  No estimate for the impact
of the annual increase in charges has been included in the base line budget.  If
CPIH falls to the Treasury target of 2% then the RPIH+1% included in the three
year Income Strategy as a baseline would generate approximately £240,000 if
applied to all charges within the Council’s discretion 
Further Savings
3.8 A budget workshop for Heads of Service and third tier officers was held on 19
June, to incorporate review of historic budgets, options for income generation,
the thematic approach and high level service review.  A range of options were
identified and initial estimates of savings of around £3 million identified to be
developed, assessed and more accurately costed.    Following refinement of
the proposals a workshop with elected members was held on 21 August to
present the proposals and discuss these and other areas of work which will
feed into the budget.  Current estimates of the savings options identified are a
total of £1.25 million, with further options being prepared.
3.9 The workshop also identified windfall savings totalling £0.37 million as listed
below and these will be removed from service budgets following this meeting: 
Description 2024/25
£000s
2025/06
£000s
Economic Growth and Development - misc 2 3
Strategic Planning - misc 15 
HR, ICT and OD - misc 3 3
ICT review of contracts  90
Taxation – recharges to outside bodies  10 
Internal Audit – recharges to outside bodies 20 
Internal mail reduced frequency  10
Education – vacant posts:    
English as a second Language  61  
Sensory Education Service  80  
Educational Psychology  70
TOTAL 50 317  
3.10 It is proposed that this approach continues and that further options are brought
forward with a view to identifying minimum standards of service and relating the
actual standard of service delivered to corporate priorities confirmed at the
council meeting on 28 February 2024 to identify scope for change. 
Benchmarking information will be used in this process. 
Page 43

Page 44

Review led approach
3.11 The Leisure and Library review is also planned to be reported in October and
this has the potential to generate savings.  A high level overview indicates a
maximum potential for savings of £1 million. 
3.12 A review of Early Learning and Childcare was reported to the Education,
Children’s and Leisure Services Committee on 19 April 2023 (paragraph 23 of
the Minute refers) and savings of around £610,000 are estimated to accrue
during 2024/25 and 2025/26. 
Partnership Approach
3.13 MIJB on 30 May 2024 approved a Recovery Plan (paragraph 11of the Minute
refers) which contains savings of £8.3 million in 2024/25 and £3.9 million in
2025/26, subject to staff and public consultation.  The report assessed the risk
of not achieving savings as planned in 2024/25, quantified at £1.48 million,
based on the risk status of the different proposals.  On that basis, to be prudent
the Council should assume that the maximum savings likely to be achieved in
2024/25 are £6.82 million and estimate the highest level of savings accruing to
the Council from MIJB in 2024/25 as 50% (the Council’s share) of that amount
ie £3.4 million in total and assume for planning purposes at this early stage that
the likelihood with such a complex programme of projects would be a lower
figure.  A working figure of £2 million is proposed, with a further £1 million in
2026/27.  This figure will be refined as the Recovery Plan progresses and in
particular when the estimated out turn for MIJB for 2024/5 is available in the
late autumn. 
3.14 It should be noted that the Recovery Plan has been approved by MIJB, as the
responsibility of how services are delivered rests with the Board.  However staff
delivering these services (unless contracted out) are employed by NHS
Grampian or by Moray Council and there will be proposals in the recovery plan
which impact on Council staff.  The Council’s HR policies and procedures will
be adhered to in progressing these proposals. 
3.15 In summary the Council has made the following progress in closing the budget
gap: 
Para 2025/26
£ million
2026/27
£ million
Spend to Save 3.5 0.14 0.14
Income Generation 3.7 0.24 0.24
Review led approach (ELC) 3.10 .30 0.31
Partnership approach (working
assumption)
3.13 2.00 1.00
Budget reductions 3.9 0.37 
Total  3.05 1.69     
3.17 Per paragraph 3.2 savings of £11.2 million are estimated to be required across
2025/26 and 2026/27, accordingly a further £6.46 million remains to be
identified.  This Savings Plan identifies the areas where further savings options
are being sought. 
Page 44

Page 45

Spend to Save
3.18 There is scope to increase the savings from energy efficiency, as the estimated
savings included above are based on the initial proposals submitted for
immediate progression.  The report to Council on 23 August 2024 indicated a
potential for savings of £600,000.  Savings of £240,000 are included above as
having a high degree of certainty.  Other options will be investigated. 
Income generation
3.19 Each 1% increase in Council Tax generates additional income of around £0.55
million.  Given the commitment to moving to a sustainable financial position,
there is potential for further increase above that included in current budget
assumptions. 
3.20 No income from grant funding dependent on maintaining teacher numbers has
been included in budget assumptions.  Discussions between COSLA and
Scottish Government are currently on-going regarding this.  The maximum
funding the Council could get from this funding stream is £2.44 million 
Review led approach
3.21   As indicated in paragraph 3.11, there are currently reviews of the Library
Service and Leisure Services underway and these will offer options for savings. 
3.22 A review of the Council’s Learning Estate is underway.  This is not primarily
focussed on delivering savings but has potential to deliver savings from
rationalisation and redesign. 
3.23 As reported to Council on 13 August 2024 (paragraph x of the Minute refers) a
workforce review is being scoped, with a view to delivering financial benefit. 
Partnership approach
3.24 As noted in paragraph 3.13 MIJB have approved a programme aimed to deliver
savings of £8.3 million. There is clearly scope for the Council to benefit from a
greater reduction in the MIJB overspend than assumed in paragraphs 3.13 and
included in the table at 3.15.  The provision made in the Council’s budget for
funding for MIJB overspend is £5 million. 
3.25 Although MIJB is the Council’s largest partner organisation by far, there are
other partner organisations and scope to deliver savings from a recalibration of
funding arrangements.  It is intended that options are brought forward in regard
to this. 
Further savings
3.26 Per paragraph 3.10, Heads of Service are being asked to further develop
options for service reduction / cessation. 
3.25 An estimate of the scope for contributing towards meeting the budget gap from
each of the above elements is set out below.  
Page 45

Page 46

para £ million
Energy efficiency 3.18 0.35
Council Tax (up to 10% increase) 3.19 1.65
Teacher numbers (max) 3.20 2.44
Leisure and Library review 3.21 1.00
Learning Estate 3.22 0.50
Workforce review (indicative - 1% of pay bill) 3.23 1.00
MIJB (remove overspend completely) 3.24 2.00   
TOTAL  8.94 
3.26 The Council will continue to bring forward service options.  Whereas the
potential for income relating to teacher numbers is largely outwith the Council’s
control (at least until grant conditions are agreed) there are elements of choice
in the other areas listed and the Council has a clearly mapped work plan which
will potentially remove the budget gap. 
3.27 These workstreams are complemented by the service reviews being carried out
(paragraph 3.10).   
3.28 All this work is done with the background of uncertainty regarding future funding
from Scottish Government.  Recent announcements from Scottish Government
emphasise that their budget is under severe pressure.  The savings plan must
acknowledge the need for headroom to give leeway for potential reductions in
grant funding as well as for other unforeseen contingencies. 
4 COMMUNICATION AND PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT 
4.1 The Council on 23 August 2023, agreed a budget engagement strategy to
engage on future priorities and delivery of services within a reduced budget. 
The strategy set out a number of stages of engagement with communities:
awareness and understanding; involvement and influence; and implementation
and developing the future.  There are 3 types of communication that will be
identified for savings proposals and are set out in Appendix 1 to this report. 
➢ Engaging – where there is scope for the community to influence and be
involved so that we can work together on how the issue progresses; 
➢ Consulting – where we have proposals and are inviting views on these so
that we understand the impact, views and any further options before
deciding upon the final solution;
➢ Informing – where we are clear how we plan to act but want to
communicate effectively to ensure that people are informed about what we
plan to do. 
4.2 The engagement strategy was deployed in the lead up to the setting of the
Council budget in February 2024 with feedback on the various stages being
reported to the Council to inform decision making in the budget process.   The
Page 46

Page 47

approach used drew positive feedback in the Council’s Best Value Audit report
being recognised as an area of good practice and was effective in drawing in
interest and views from the public, including informative stakeholder sessions
on the future of leisure and library services (as reported to Full Council 26 June
2024).  Therefore, it is proposed to continue with this overall approach and
develop the engagement strategy to apply it to community and public
engagement on the next stage of engagement on corporate priorities and
budget planning. 
4.3 Appendix 1 sets out the proposed strategy for community and public
engagement, noting proposed topics for information and awareness,
engagement and consultation.  These topics require to be developed and
adjusted as the council progresses with its short to medium term financial
planning so that they align with emerging areas for review and there is flexibility
in the topics covered for that reason.   
4.4 As a development from the tools used to date, it is proposed to make use of a
wider range of online options to engage more people in an ongoing dialogue
over time and with a view to appealing to a wider demographic, for example
younger people and parents of young children may be more likely to use an
online opinion tool or virtual engagement than attend an in person meeting. An
online tool will also enable a build up of an ongoing dialogue and information
bank where people can access information. 
4.5 If the Council agrees the proposal to develop the engagement as set out, the
next steps would be to: 
• Update and finalise the factual information to support the engagement
activity
• Set up the online information 
• Make ready the online tools and any survey for particular points (e.g. council
tax level)  
• Set up and activate social media engagement
• Set dates and develop options for in person events
• Gather feedback for reporting to council late 2024/early 2025 
5 SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement
Plan (LOIP)), 
Financial Planning is integral to the Council’s overall planning processes
and allows the Council to direct resources to its agreed priorities. 
(b) Policy and Legal
The Council is required by statute to set a balanced budget before the
start of the financial year.  The requirement is set out in the Local
Government Finance Act 1992 (section 93). 
(c) Financial implications
The Council has an underlying structural deficit of over £8 million which
will be met from reserves in 2024/25 and a continued and heightened
budget gap is forecast for 2025/26 with further savings required in
Page 47

Page 48

2026/27, estimated at £12.7 million across the two years, with £1.5
million already approved and a further £0.36 million identified in this
report.   
Early action to tackle the projected funding gap for 2025/26 is urgently
required and the Short to Medium Term Financial Strategy sets out how
this is planned to be achieved.  There are considerable uncertainties
regarding a number of budget pressures, particularly pay awards and
future local government settlements, and other areas of risk to the
budget process.  To achieve financial stability and sustainability the
creation of further non-essential budget pressures must be avoided. 
(d) Risk Implications
The forecast deficits for 2024/25 and 2025/26 represent a significant risk
to the Council.  There is also a risk that the deficits are understated.  The
main areas of risk are: 
Regarding the levels of savings – these represent a high proportion of
the Council’s budget and not all budgeted spend is under the Council’s
control. 
Regarding the projected levels of deficit –
• The level of future grant funding from Scottish Government is
unknown at present but Scottish Government are indicating that
their budget is overcommitted 
• Pay awards are not agreed for 2024/25 and future pay awards are
unknown at present and the impact of pay awards is significant
• The impact of continuing inflation on procured goods and services
may be greater than forecast.  Although the rate of inflation is
decreasing this is not necessarily translating into falling prices. 
• Interest rates remain higher than in recent years
• Approved savings might not achieve target
• There may be emerging budget pressures from changing
circumstances not captured in the current projections. 
(e) Staffing Implications
No staffing implications arise directly from this report, however the MIJB
Recovery Plan may impact on Council staff. 
(f) Property
There are no property implications arising directly from this report.   
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
Any savings proposal with an equalities impact will be subject to an
Equalities Impact Assessment (EIA) when reported.   
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
There are no implications for biodiversity arising directly from this report.   
(i) Consultations
CMT and Heads of Service have been fully involved in the development
of the proposed Savings Plan. 
Page 48

Page 49

6 CONCLUSION 
6.1 There are considerable uncertainties regarding the Council’s budgetary
position in 2024/25 and beyond, however the underlying position is a
substantial deficit, funded by use of ear-marked reserves to balance and
that is not sustainable.   
6.2 The Savings Plan sets out the steps taken to date, further actions in train
and current estimates of savings likely to be available. 
6.3  The Engagement Strategy sets out the next stage of engagement on the
budget. 
Author of Report: Lorraine Paisey, Chief Financial Officer
Background Papers: 
Ref:  SPMAN-1293228629-1121 
Page 49

Page 50

Page 50

Page 51

Appendix 1 
Budget Engagement 2025/6
Introduction
In preparing to set our 2024/25 budget, the Council set out an approach to engagement to
enable community participation and influence in our budget setting.  We are now taking that
approach forward into our financial planning for 2025/26 onwards.
This paper sets out how the Council will engage on its agreed priorities and delivery of
services within the context of a reduced financial envelope and a budget deficit of between
£10m and £18m.   Current estimates are that £10m savings are required by 2025/26 and
£0.5m in 2026/27 with an estimated 2.5% real terms reduction on budget funding
anticipated, further reductions to operating costs will be required. 
It’s likely that services will have to be reduced and that we may have to target them to meet
greatest need. The Council continues to have to consider what services to provide and to
think differently about what and how services are provided that are financially sustainable
and to engage with our community in what the Moray Council of the future should be.
Aim
To build understanding and relationships between the Council and the community to help
both understand and take action on the needs or issues that communities experience in an
affordable way.
We want our engagement and consultation to lead to decisions that make the best use of
our resources to:
- Delivery efficient and effective services that provide value for money
- Better align services to meet essential needs
- Better reflect community values and improve outcomes
- Have a greater likelihood of effective implementation
Approach
Our engagement with the communities of Moray will continue as a staged approach as the
issues develop and become clearer.   This will mean that the work with communities will vary
from engagement, to consultation to information depending on circumstances.  The aim is to
enable a dialogue with communities to help the Council to understand the impact of
decisions, including equality impacts, possible alternatives, mitigations and how
implementation could best be managed.  For each proposal, the council will be clear about
the nature of the discussion and what it would be possible to influence.  The outline below
illustrates the purpose and points for information gathering that will be used at each stage,
although this will require development as the detail emerges.  The approach also aims to
manage expectations by making it clear that during a time of increasing need and declining
resources, the outcomes may well be the council doing less, reducing standards, increasing
charges and targeting services to the most vulnerable. 
Item 9.
Page 51

Page 52

There will be various stages to the engagement work and differing degrees of maturity in the
proposals under discussion. Some of the budget measures that need to be considered will
have a higher degree of urgency if they are to contribute towards the 2025/26 budget setting
process, however there are also longer term changes and transformation that require to be
progressed where there can be a developing engagement over time.  Some of service areas
may already been subject to some level of community engagement and be entering the next
phase while others will be new. We recognise that it is important to be clear about the
purpose and expectations of our communication with communities and so with each topic we
will make it clear whether we are:
➢ Engaging – where there is scope for the community to influence and be involved so
that we can work together on how the issue progresses
➢ Consulting – where we have proposals and are inviting views on these so that we
understand the impact, views and any further options before deciding upon the final
solution
➢ Informing – where we are clear how we plan to act but want to communicate
effectively to ensure that people are informed about what we plan to do 
Outcomes
This engagement is taking place at a time of increasing needs and reducing financial
resources.  Delivering priorities and services in that context continues to mean that the
Council will do less than it does now, that standards may have to reduce and that we have to
focus services on the most vulnerable: targeted to those who experience the greatest
inequalities or with the highest needs.   Charges have increased previously but it is likely that
Council Tax will have to go up by more.   Whilst this is not a welcome position, it is one that
the Council wants to hear views on to ensure that community perspective and the
experience of service users is built into how these difficult decisions are taken and
implemented within the available time and budget.
One of the key messages that has to be conveyed is that with the anticipated reduction in
budget coming in to the Council from UK and Scottish Governments, the Council will have to
continue to reduce its operating costs year on year to be able to operate in a financially
sustainable way.  So while the savings proposals for 2025/26 are significant, more are likely
to be required in future years which means the Council will continue to review how we
operate and to look for ways to be more efficient.   To achieve that we plan to continue to
review our services and make changes to service delivery that incorporate digital and lean
principles through the Council’s Transformation programme as well as to consider further
savings on an ongoing basis. 
Stakeholders    
We understand that this continues to be a difficult time of change for our workforce, partners
and communities and we are committed to communicating effectively with all stakeholders
over the period of change.  Where our workforce is affected, we will make every effort to
ensure that this is handled sensitively and confidentially with those directly affected ahead of
any wider communication and we will fully involve trade unions in this process.
Page 52

Page 53

The timing of workforce communications is cross referenced in this plan but there is a
separate parallel plan to deal with workforce engagement and consultation.  Engagement
will also take place with partners through the Community Planning Partnership arrangements
as well as with any specific agencies and organisations in relation to particular proposals. 
Page 53

Page 54

Workforce Community  Dates Issues Audience Purpose and Points to Test Feedback
Focus
Approach/Tools
Stage 1: Awareness and
Understanding
October     
Information
and 
Engagement
October Corporate Plan
Progress
- Priorities
- Vision and
value
- Future
focus 
Financial Planning
– refresh and
learning from 2023 
- Awareness 
- Savings
preferences
- More
income? 
Public –
all
community
councils
and
groups
Refresh, Update and
Recognise starting point 
Raise awareness &
Understanding of :
financial situation, 
council priorities and
performance related to these 
Recognition that this is next
stage of ongoing work 
Views on how priorities
should translate into service
budgets 
Create appetite for future
involvement 
Test tolerance for increased
charges (council tax)?
Test tolerance for service
reductions (any specifics?)
Council Tax –
views on max
increase
Charges 
Reduced
services: 
Community
priorities for
spend/budget
allocation 
New web tool (if
available) 
Online service
prioritisation (if
tool available) 
Online survey (if
enough service
proposals to ask
about) 
Council website
and social media
channels 
Stage 2:
Involvement and Influence
November/
December     
Engagement Nov/Dec Big Conversation:
- Topics to be
confirmed as
budget work
progresses 
Public –
all interest
groups
Enhance council
understanding of community
and citizen experiences   
Contribution to future service
design 
Priorities for
future services 
Where to
retain 
Online
information and
surveys 
Focus groups 
Page 54

Page 55

Workforce Community  Dates Issues Audience Purpose and Points to Test Feedback
Focus
Approach/Tools
- First phase:
general
engagement
on whole
council of
future, themes
in corporate
plan, testing of
awareness and
boundaries on
what council
can do 
Understanding of and
contributions of views to
options for lower cost
services 
Feedback on priorities for
services 
Scope for community
transfers/involvement/delivery 
Options to increase
community self-service,
resilience 
Increased or structured
charging
Where
reductions
tolerable 
Ideas for
income
generation 
Views on
significant
change
Ward Open Drop
in Sessions
(Cllrs, Leader,
CMT) 
Consultation Nov/Dec Consultation on
specific service
proposals: Libraries 
Equalities: on
specific proposals
Service
users 
Interest
groups
Understanding impact of
proposals
Consider mitigations
Identify/consider alternatives
Soundings and input on
delivery method
Response to
specific
proposals 
Information on
mitigations and
impacts 
Alternatives for
in service
saving 
Points to
address in
implementation
Online
information and
surveys 
Directed comms
to specific
groups and
users 
In person
service led
events /
workshops
Stage 3: Implementation and
Developing Future Plans
Jan/Feb
25     
Topics at this stage will be those moving from engagement to consultation from earlier stages
Or, may be new areas where proposals are emerging and engagement is initiated
Page 55

Page 56

Workforce Community  Dates Issues Audience Purpose and Points to Test Feedback
Focus
Approach/Tools
There will also be some proposals where information is being provided on implementation 
As financial planning work progresses, there may be numerous engagement, consultation and information activities at differing stages of progress
running simultaneously. This is very likely by Stage 3 
Engagement  To be confirmed  New and emerging topics
where there is scope for
influence and involvement in
future options  
Online
information and
surveys 
Focus groups 
Ward Open Drop
in Sessions
(Cllrs, Leader,
CMT) 
Consultation  To be confirmed  Specific proposals for
consultation, for example to o
gather information about
impact or methods of
implementation (may have
been previous engagement) 
Online
information and
surveys 
Directed comms
to specific
groups and
users 
In person
service led
events /
workshops 
Information  To be confirmed  Changes at implementation
stage where information is
being provided to
stakeholders 
As required for
each change
Page 56

Page 57

Workforce Community  Dates Issues Audience Purpose and Points to Test Feedback
Focus
Approach/Tools
Or new information, for
example about the council
financial position 
Page 57

Page 58

Page 58

Page 59

Page 59

Page 60

Page 60

Page 61

REPORT TO:   MORAY COUNCIL ON 25 SEPTEMBER 2024 
SUBJECT: MORAY COUNCIL’S CONNECTED CHARITIES’ AUDITED
ANNUAL ACCOUNTS FOR THE PERIOD 1 APRIL 2023 TO 31
MARCH 2024 
BY:  DEPUTE CHIEF EXECUTIVE (ECONOMY, ENVIRONMENT AND
FINANCE) 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To submit to the Council the audited Annual Accounts for Moray Council’s
Connected Charities for the year ended 31 March 2024. 
1.2 This report is submitted to Council in terms of Section III B (20) of the
Council’s Scheme of Administration relating to the he management and
investment of any funds including Common Good Funds and trust funds,
under the control of the Council. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Council considers and approves the audited
Annual Accounts for the Connected Charities for the financial year
2023/24. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 Moray Council (all 26 councillors) acts as sole trustee for the administration of
30 small charitable trusts, which are all registered with the Office of the
Scottish Charities Regulator (OSCR). 
3.2 Section 106 of the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973 applies the
accounting and auditing requirement of the Act to any trust fund where an
authority or some members of the authority are the sole trustees. As section
106 requires an audit, the appointments of local authority auditors include the
provision of an auditor’s report for charitable funds covered by that section. 
3.3 Regulation 7 of the Charities Accounts (Scotland) Regulations permits
charities that have a common purpose or shared management to prepare a
single set of “connected charities” accounts. Moray Council acts as sole
trustee to 30 individual small charitable trusts. On the basis of this shared
management arrangement, it has been agreed with the Council’s auditors that
Item 10.
Page 61

Page 62

the financial result of the 30 individual small charitable trusts can be
consolidated into a single set of accounts for audit purpose. 
3.4 A copy of the Connected Charities Audited Annual Accounts for 2023/24 is
attached as APPENDIX 1 to this report. 
3.5 The audit process highlighted identified no changes to the financial
information contained in the Annual Accounts and therefore there has been
no change in the balances held.  Minor presentational amendments have
been made. 
3.6 The External Auditors have given the Council an unqualified opinion in the
Independent Auditors’ Report, which can be found on pages 16-18 of the
Accounts.   
4. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement
Plan (LOIP))
There are no implications for the Corporate Plan or the LOIP. 
(b) Policy and Legal
According to Paragraph 6 (1) of the Local Authority Accounts
(Scotland) Regulations 1985, a Local Authority is required to submit its
Audited Accounts to the Council by 30 September each year.  Work
was not completed on the audit of the Council’s main accounts in time
for this deadline to be met, but in the case of the Connected Charities
Accounts the deadline has been met. 
The review by the External Auditors of the council’s Accounts is in
accordance with the council’s Code of Corporate Governance and
ensures that the council complies with established policies, procedures,
laws and regulations.   
(c) Financial implications 
The audit process highlighted identified no changes to the financial
information in the Annual Accounts and therefore there has been no
change in the balances held. 
(d) Risk Implications 
There are no risk issues arising directly from this report. The work
undertaken by the External Auditor provides assurance to the council
that the Connected Charity Accounts for 2023/24 give a true and fair
view of the financial position and expenditure and income of the council
for the year. 
(e)  Staffing Implications 
Staff throughout the Council provide information for the inclusion in the
annual Statement of Accounts.   
(f)   Property  
There are no property issues arising directly from this report.
Page 62

Page 63

(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact  
There are no equalities issues arising directly from this report.   
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
There are no climate change and biodiversity issues arising from this
report. 
(i) Consultations
None. 
5. CONCLUSION 
5.1 The Council’s External Auditor has issued an opinion with no
qualifications for the 2023/24 Connected Charities’ Annual Accounts
which means that the audited financial statements give a true and fair
view of the financial position and expenditure and income of the
council’s Connected Charities for the year. 
Author of Report: Lorraine Paisey, Chief Financial Officer
Background Papers:  Held in Financial Services 
Ref:      SPMAN-1293228629-1138 
Page 63

Page 64

Page 64

Page 65

AUDITED                                                                            
The Moray Council - Connected Charity Trust Funds          
Trustees' Report and Financial Statements     
For the year ended 31 March 2024     
Item 10.
Page 65

Page 66

Contents 
Pages  
Trustees' Annual Report 1 - 4  
Statement of Financial Activities   5  
Balance Sheet 6  
Notes to the Financial Statements: 
Note 1 Statement of Financial Activities 7-8
Note 2 Balance Sheet 9-10
Note 3 Investment Income 11
Note 4 Awarding of Grants 11
Note 5 Investments 12
Note 6 Other Income 12
Note 7 Debtors 12
Note 8 Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 13
Note 9 Financial Instruments 13
Note 10 Related Parties 13
Note 11 Trustee Remuneration, Benefits and Expenses 13
Note 12 Staff Costs and Emoluments 13
Note 13 External Audit Costs 14
Note 14 Accounting Policies  14-15 
Independent Auditor’s Opinion  16 
Page 66

Page 67

1 
Trustees' Annual Report    
Objectives and Activities    
Moray Council acts as sole trustee for 8 Connected Charity Trust Funds listed below which have charitable status
and are registered with the Office of the Scottish Charity Regulator (OSCR).    
The policy relating to the reinvestment of income in, and disbursement from, Trust Funds was amended on 8
October 2013. The policy was amended to allow disbursement of capital from Trust Funds in accordance with the
trust deed, provided there is unanimity amongst the trustees.  For all other trusts the whole annual income of the
trust will be available for disbursement in accordance with the trust deed, provided sufficient funds are maintained
to meet commitments.     
The following table gives the OSCR charity registration number, the charity name and an indication of the purpose
of each Trust.  The only activity carried out by each of the Trusts in relation to those purposes is the making of
grants.     
Charity
Number
Charity Name Purpose
SC019017 Moray and Nairn Educational
Trust
To provide assistance to persons who have been resident in
Moray and Nairn for the last five years and to organisations
belonging to the former counties of Moray and Nairn for:
•bursaries for attendance at a Scottish University or central
institution
• grants for adult education
•provision and maintenance of sports facilities for the benefit of
young people
•travel grants for educational purposes
SC019033 Keith Poor Householders Fund
(Keith Nursing Trust Fund)
The relief of poverty for residents of the burgh of Keith and
provision of financial assistance for funerals. Such individuals
may apply to the trust fund for a grant. Only residents of Keith
are eligible.
SC019065 Castlehill Trust To support in the upkeep, maintenance and management of
Castlehill, Forres.
SC019066 Grant Park Trust To support in the upkeep, maintenance and management of
Grant Park, Forres.
SC019068 George Boyd Anderson Bequest To support improvements to the community of Lossiemouth.
Individuals and groups may apply to the trust fund for a grant.
Only people resident in Lossiemouth are eligible.
SC019069 Mr & Mrs William J Watt Dufftown
Food Fund
The relief of poverty amongst residents of Dufftown by providing
groceries. Such individuals may apply to the trust fund for a
grant. Only residents of Dufftown are eligible.
SC019071 Robert Young Trust The relief of poverty for men in Forres aged over 65. Such
individuals may apply to the trust fund for a grant. Only residents
of Forres are eligible.
SC046791 The Moray Council Charitable
Trust
Single Trust created for the reorganisation of existing funds that
are restricted or have been fulfilled as far as possible. The trust
purposes must follow those of the reorganised trusts. There are
nine sub categories within the trust, by location and purpose. 
The Council agreed to a trust reorganisation process at a meeting on 14 November 2012; to create a single
charitable Trust which would enable the reorganisation and transfer of assets of existing small charities held by the
Council whose purposes could no longer be met. 
Page 67

Page 68

2 
Trustees' Annual Report (continued)    
The Moray Council Charitable Trust was created in August 2016 with the objective of reorganising existing trust
funds that are frustrated, perhaps due to limited funds or out of date purposes, into one large trust, split into
geographical areas then split again into charitable purposes. The Trusts being transferred into the single charitable
trust will be utilised, as far as possible, in a manner consistent with the original Trust purposes. 
This will create many ring-fenced funds within the single Trust, but will enable the resources of these trusts to be
applied to better effect for charitable purposes rather than remaining in a frustrated trust that cannot be used. 
Achievements and Performance    
During the year 24 grants totalling £15,801 were made to individuals from the Moray and Nairn Educational trust,
which includes means tested grants for education within Moray and Nairn, and bursaries for attendance at further
education institutions in Scotland. Also during the year one grant of £3,791 was made from The Moray Council
Charitable Trust in support of the local food bank.   
Financial Review     
The Moray and Nairn Educational Trust is an endowment fund, with income from investments allocated to an
unrestricted fund of the trust. All other funds are unrestricted. This differentiation of funds is an essential feature in
the presentation of a charity's statement of financial activities (SoFA) and balance sheet.  
The trust funds use the Moray Council's bank account for financial transactions and the balance is invested in the
Council's Loans Fund for which it earns interest on the balance. It was agreed at the Moray Council meeting on 10
August 2022 that interest on balances held in the Council’s bank for the next two years would be calculated using
the two year fixed Public Works Loans Board rate as at 1 April 2022 of 2.35%. Income received during the year
was £27,528 (2022/23 £27,384).  This was made up of £10,117 interest received from the Council's Loans Fund
and £17,411 of dividend income (2022/23 £9,772 and £17,612 respectively).   
Grants totalling £19,592 were paid out during the year (2022/23 £14,752). Governance costs for the year were
£8,174 (2022/23 £7,493).    
The Trust Funds have no specific reserves policy other than noted above regarding disbursement of capital and
annual income. For many of the trust funds, the terms of the trust deed are very restrictive and this has resulted in
a gradual accumulation of reserves over time. In the event that an individual trust fund falls into deficit, the trustees
will consider whether it is likely that the deficit is temporary and can be recovered. If deficit recovery is considered
unlikely, the Trust is effectively wound up and an application will be made to OSCR to remove them from the
Scottish Charity Register.     
The revenue reserves held at 31 March 2024 were £1,047,476 (31 March 2023 £1,016,369).   
Structure, Governance and Management 
The trustees of the funds are the councillors listed on page 4. The trustees of the funds are the local Councillors
who are appointed at local government elections and by-elections    
The trust funds are governed using the same governance framework that is applicable to the Council. This
framework includes the principles:    
• taking informed and transparent decisions which are subject to effective scrutiny and managing risk •
engaging with local people and other stakeholders to ensure robust public accountability    
Statement of trustees' responsibilities     
The trustees are responsible for preparing the Trustees' Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance
with applicable law and regulations.         
The law applicable to charities in Scotland requires the trustees to prepare financial statements for each financial
year. Under that law the trustees have prepared the financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law). Under that
law the trustees must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
Page 68

Page 69

3 
Trustees' Annual Report (continued) 
view of the state of affairs of the charity and of the incoming resources and application of resources of the charity
for that period.         
In preparing these financial statements, the trustees are required to:    
• select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;   
• observe the methods and principles in the Charities SORP;    
• make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;    
• state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material   
departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and    
• prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that
the charity will continue in business.         
The trustees are responsible for keeping accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the charity's
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the charity and enable
them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Charities and Trustee Investment (Scotland) Act 2005,
the Charities Accounts (Scotland) Regulations 2006 (as amended) and the provisions of the trust deed. They are
also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the charity and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.         
The trustees are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the charity and financial information included on
the Moray Council's website in so far as it relates to the charity.  Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 
Parent Entity 
Moray Council has a 100% interest in the Connected Charities and for the purposes of incorporation within the
Council’s own Group Accounts, recognition has been made of the Council’s controlling interest. The Council
administers these charities, but their assets are not available to the Council and have not been included in the
Council’s balance sheet but are considered in Moray Council’s Group Accounts. 
The Charities SORP guidance requires that where a charity is a subsidiary they must disclose in a note to their
account’s additional information of its parent entity, including: 
Parent’s principal purposes and activities
Moray Council is local authority in Scotland and provides statutory functions and provides public services, including
education, social care, waste management, libraries and planning. 
Control exercised by the parent
Control can be exercised by the Council (the parent) through corporate trusteeship. Decisions regarding the general
control and management of the Connected Charity Trust Funds are made by the Corporate Committee of the
Council, which has delegated authority from the Council in this regard, but ultimately control rests with the full
Council of elected members. 
Auditor 
The Connected Charity Trusts Auditor is:         
Grant Thornton UK LLP
Level 8
110 Queen Street
Glasgow
G1 3BX      
Reference and Administrative details         
The financial statements of the charities listed on page 1 are included in this report.   
Page 69

Page 70

4 
Trustees' Annual Report (continued) 
Trustees         
In terms of the "Trustees" of the Connected Charity Trust Funds, the guidance provided by OSCR is that those
who have “general control and management" of the charity are the charity trustees. Decisions regarding the general
control and management of the Connected Charity Trust Funds are made by the Corporate Committee of the
Council, which has delegated authority from the Council in this regard; but ultimately control rests with the full
Council of elected members. We have therefore interpreted the above guidance as meaning all elected members
are charity trustees. 
All of the trustees for the financial statements are normally elected or re-elected at local government elections.
By-elections are held to elect new members, on the occasions of elected members vacating their positions, who
automatically become trustees.     
Names of Trustees in financial year 2023/24   
Councillor James Allan  
Councillor Peter Bloomfield  
Councillor Neil Cameron  
Councillor Tracy Colyer  
Councillor Theresa Coull  
Councillor John Cowe  
Councillor John Divers  
Councillor Amber Dunbar  
Councillor Jeremie Fernandes  
Councillor Donald Gatt  
Councillor David Gordon  
Councillor Juli Harris  
Councillor Sandy Keith  
Councillor Scott Lawrence  
Councillor Graham Leadbitter  
Councillor Marc Macrae  
Councillor Paul McBain  
Councillor Neil McLennan  
Councillor Shona Morrison  
Councillor Bridget Mustard  
Councillor Kathleen Robertson  
Councillor Derek Ross  
Councillor John Stuart   
Councillor Sonya Warren  
Councillor Ben Williams  
Councillor Draeyk Van Der Horn     
Principal Address of the Trust Funds is:         
The Moray Council    
Council Offices    
High Street    
Elgin    
IV30 1BX 
Signed by one trustee on behalf of all the trustees:     
Councillor Kathleen Robertson 
Leader of Moray Council
Page 70

Page 71

5 
Statement of Financial Activities for the year ended 31 March 2024 
2023/24 2023/24 2023/24 2022/23
Notes Unrestricted Endowment Total Funds Total Funds
£ £ £ £
Income and endowments from:
Investments 3 27,528         -                 27,528       27,384       
Voluntary Income 6 -                    -                 -                  268            
Total 27,528         -                 27,528       27,652      
Expenditure on:
Charitable Activities 4 27,766         -                 27,766       22,245      
Total 27,766         -                 27,766       22,245       
Net gains/(losses) on investments 5 -                    31,345     31,345       (15,815)     
Net Income/(Expenditure) (238)             31,345     31,107       (10,408)     
Transfers between funds -                    -                 -                  -                 
Net movement in funds (238)             31,345     31,107       (10,408)     
Reconciliation of Funds:
Total funds brought forward at 1 April 324,654      691,715   1,016,369 1,026,777
Total funds carried forward at 31 March 324,416      723,060   1,047,476 1,016,369 
All results derive from continuing operations. 
There is no material difference between the funds carried forward for the financial year stated above and their
historical cost equivalents, with the exception of the Fixed Asset Investments which are carried at fair value. 
All gains and losses recognised in the year are included in the statement of financial activities.
Page 71

Page 72

6 
Balance Sheet as at 31 March 2024 
2023/24 2022/23
Notes £ £
Fixed Assets:
Investments 5 615,059            583,714        
Current assets:
Loan Fund Balance 438,013            437,500        
Debtors 7 1,304                1,655            
439,317            439,155        
Liabilities:
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 8 (6,900)               (6,500)           
Net current assets 432,417            432,655        
Total net assets or liabilities 1,047,476         1,016,369     
The funds of the charity:
Endowment Funds 723,060            691,715        
Unrestricted Funds 324,416            324,654        
Total charity funds 1,047,476         1,016,369     
The notes on pages 8 to 16 form part of these financial statements.
The unaudited Financial Statements were issued by the Trustees on 25 September 2024. 
Councillor Kathleen Robertson 
Leader of Moray Council 
Page 72

Page 73

7 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
Note 1 Statement of Financial Activities for the year ended 31 March 2024 
Moray and
Nairn
Educat ional
Trust
Moray and
Nairn
Educat iona
l Trust
Keit h Poor
Householders
Fund ( Keit h
Nursing Trust
Fund)
Cast lehill
Trust
Grant
Park Trust
George
Boyd
Anderson
Bequest
Mr and Mrs
William J
Wat t
Duf f t own
Food Fund
Robert
Young
Trust
The Moray
Council
Charit able
Trust
Tot al
Unrest rict ed
f unds
Tot al
Endowment
f unds
SC019017 SC019017 SC019033 SC019065 SC019066 SC019068 SC019069 SC019071 SC046791
2023/ 24 2023/ 24 2023/ 24 2023/ 24 2023/ 24 2023/ 24 2023/ 24 2023/ 24 2023/ 24 2023/ 24 2023/ 24
Notes Unrestricted Endowment Unrestricted Unrestricted Unrestricted Unrestricted Unrestricted Unrestricted Unrestricted
£ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £
Income and endowment s f rom:
Investment Income 3 20,265                           -                   62                                                3                                      75                                  819                               -                   347                             5,957                               27,528                              -                   
Voluntary Income 6 -                    -                   -                                                     -                                       -                                       -                                       -                                           -                                      -                                              -                                                 -                   
Tot al 20,265        -                   62                     3                75              819            -                   347           5,957           27,528          -                   
Expendit ure on:
Charitable Activities 4 21,405                            -                   165                                             -                                       165                               173                               -                   167                              5,691                                27,766                              -                   
Tot al 21,405         -                   165                   -                 165            173            -                   167           5,691           27,766          -                   
Net gains/(losses) on investments 5 -                                              31,345 -                                                     -                                       -                                       -                                           -                                      -                                              -                                                 31,345
Net Income/ ( Expendit ure) ( 1,140) 31,345 ( 103) 3 ( 90) 646 0 180 266 ( 238) 31,345
Transf ers bet ween f unds -                    -                   -                 -                 -                 -                   -                -                    -                      -                   
Net movement in f unds ( 1,140) 31,345 ( 103) 3 ( 90) 646 0 180 266 ( 238) 31,345
Reconciliat ion of f unds:
Total funds brought forward at 1 April 2023 12,614                             691,715                      2,561                                       -                                       3,103                         35,271                     -                                           14,862                    256,243                       324,654                          691,715                       
Tot al f unds carried f orward at
31 March 2024 11,474         723,060    2,458              3                3,013        35,917     -                   15,042     256,509      324,416        723,060     
Page 73

Page 74

8 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued) 
Note 1 Statement of Financial Activities for the year ended 31 March 2023 
Moray and
Nairn
Educat ional
Trust
Moray and
Nairn
Educat iona
l Trust
Keit h Poor
Householders
Fund ( Keit h
Nursing Trust
Fund)
Cast lehill
Trust
Grant
Park Trust
George
Boyd
Anderson
Bequest
Mr and Mrs
William J
Wat t
Duf f t own
Food Fund
Robert
Young
Trust
The Moray
Council
Charit able
Trust
Tot al
Unrest rict ed
f unds
Tot al
Endowment
f unds
SC019017 SC019017 SC019033 SC019065 SC019066 SC019068 SC019069 SC019071 SC046791
2022/ 23 2022/ 23 2022/ 23 2022/ 23 2022/ 23 2022/ 23 2022/ 23 2022/ 23 2022/ 23 2022/ 23 2022/ 23
Notes Unrestricted Endowment Unrestricted Unrestricted Unrestricted Unrestricted Unrestricted Unrestricted Unrestricted
£ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £
Income and endowment s f rom:
Investment Income 3 20,414                            -                   62                                                3                                      74                                  786                              -                   334                             5,711                                 27,384                              -                   
Voluntary Income 6 -                    -                   -                                                     133                               -                                       -                                       135                                   -                                      -                                              268                                        -                   
Tot al 20,414         -                   62                     136            74              786           135              334           5,711            27,652          -                   
Expendit ure on:
Charitable Activities 4 20,028                           -                   136                                             136                               136                               144                               135              138                              1,392                                22,245                              -                   
Tot al 20,028        -                   136                   136            136            144            135              138           1,392           22,245          -                   
Net gains/(losses) on investments 5 -                                              (15,815) -                                                     -                                       -                                       -                                           -                                      -                                              -                                                 (15,815)
Net Income/ ( Expendit ure) 386 ( 15,815) ( 74) 0 ( 62) 642 0 196 4,319 5,407 ( 15,815)
Transf ers bet ween f unds -                    -                   -                 -                 -                 -                   -                -                    -                      -                   
Net movement in f unds 386 ( 15,815) ( 74) 0 ( 62) 642 0 196 4,319 5,407 ( 15,815)
Reconciliat ion of f unds:
Total funds brought forward at 1 April 2022 12,228                            707,530                    2,635                                      -                                       3,165                         34,629                    0 14,666                    251,924                        319,247                           707,530                     
Tot al f unds carried f orward at
31 March 2023 12,614         691,715     2,561               -                 3,103        35,271     -                   14,862     256,243      324,654       691,715     
Page 74

Page 75

9 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued) 
Note 2 Balance Sheet as at 31 March 2024 
Moray and
Nairn
Educational
Trust
Keith Poor
Household
ers Fund
(Keith
Nursing
Trust Fund)
Castlehill
Trust
Grant Park
Trust
George
Boyd
Anderson
Bequest
Mr and Mrs
William J
Watt
Dufftown
Food Fund
Robert
Young
Trust
The Moray
Council
Charitable
Trust 
TOTAL
SC019017 SC019033 SC019065 SC019066 SC019068 SC019069 SC019071 SC046791
2023/24 2023/24 2023/24 2023/24 2023/24 2023/24 2023/24 2023/24 2023/24
Notes £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £
Fixed Assets
Investments 5 615,059       -                  -                  -                  -                  -                  -                  -                  615,059      
Current Assets
Loans Fund Balance 122,935       2,622           3                  3,177           36,081         -                  15,206         257,989       438,013       
Debtors 7 1,304           -                  -                  -                  -                  -                  -                  -                  1,304          
124,239       2,622           3                  3,177           36,081         -                  15,206         257,989       439,317      
Liabilities:
Creditors: amounts falling
due within one year 8 (4,764)         (164)            -                  (164)            (164)            -                  (164)            (1,480)         (6,900)        
(4,764)         (164)            -                  (164)            (164)            -                  (164)            (1,480)         (6,900)        
Net Current Assets 119,475       2,458           3                  3,013           35,917         -                  15,042         256,509       432,417      
Total net assets or
liabilities 734,534       2,458           3                  3,013           35,917         -                  15,042         256,509       1,047,476   
The funds of the charity:
Endowment Funds 723,060       -                  -                  -                  -                  -                  -                  -                  723,060       
Unrestricted Funds 11,474         2,458           3                  3,013           35,917         -                  15,042         256,509       324,416      
Total charity funds 734,534       2,458           3                  3,013           35,917         -                  15,042         256,509       1,047,476    
Page 75

Page 76

10 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued) 
Note 2 Balance Sheet as at 31 March 2023 
Moray and
Nairn
Educational
Trust
Keith Poor
Householder
s Fund (Keith
Nursing
Trust Fund)
Castlehill
Trust
Grant Park
Trust
George Boyd
Anderson
Bequest
Mr and Mrs
William J
Watt
Dufftown
Food Fund
Robert
Young Trust
The Moray
Council
Charitable
Trust 
TOTAL
SC019017 SC019033 SC019065 SC019066 SC019068 SC019069 SC019071 SC046791
2022/23 2022/23 2022/23 2022/23 2022/23 2022/23 2022/23 2022/23 2022/23
Notes £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £
Fixed Assets
Investments 5 583,714         -                       -                       -                       -                       -                       -                       -                       583,714        
Current Assets
Loans Fund Balance 123,429         2,696              135                 3,238              35,407            136                 14,996            257,463         437,500         
Debtors 7 1,655              -                       -                       -                       -                       -                       -                       -                       1,655             
125,084         2,696              135                 3,238              35,407            136                 14,996            257,463         439,155        
Liabilities:
Creditors: amounts falling due
within one year 8 (4,469)             (136)                (135)                (135)                (135)                (136)                (135)                (1,219)             (6,500)            
(4,469)             (136)                (135)                (135)                (135)                (136)                (135)                (1,219)             (6,500)            
Net Current Assets 120,615         2,560              -                       3,103              35,272            -                       14,861            256,244         432,655        
Total net assets or liabilities 704,329         2,560              -                       3,103              35,272            -                       14,861            256,244         1,016,369     
The funds of the charity:
Endowment Funds 691,715         -                       -                       -                       -                       -                       -                       -                       691,715         
Unrestricted Funds 12,614            2,560              -                       3,103              35,272            -                       14,861            256,244         324,654        
Total charity funds 704,329         2,560              -                       3,103              35,272            -                       14,861            256,244         1,016,369        
Page 76

Page 77

11 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued) 
2023/ 24 2022/ 23 2023/ 24 2022/ 23 2023/ 24 2022/ 23 2023/ 24 2022/ 23 2023/ 24 2022/ 23 2023/ 24 2022/ 23
£ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £
Note 3 Investment Income
Interest earned on loans pool balances 2,854           2,802           -                    -                    62                 62                 3                          3                      75                  74                 819               786              
Dividend income 17,411            17,612           -                    -                    -                    -                    -                           -                       -                    -                    -                   
20,265   20,414   -            -            62          62          3                3              75          74          819        786       
Note 4 Charitable Activities
Grants Paid 15,801           14,752          -                    -                    -                    -                    -                           -                       -                    -                    -                    -                   
Governance Costs:
Accountancy and Legal costs 840              807               -                    -                    1                    1                    -                           -                       1                    1                    8                   8                  
Audit of Financial Statements 4,764           4,469           -                    -                    164               135                -                           136                  164               135                165                136              
21,405    20,028   -            -            165         136        -                 136          165         136        173         144       
Total
Unrestricted
funds 
Total
Endowment
funds
2023/ 24 2022/ 23 2023/ 24 2022/ 23 2023/ 24 2022/ 23 2023/ 24 2023/ 24 2023/ 24 2022/ 23
£ £ £ £ £ £ £ £ £
Note 3 Investment Income
Interest earned on loans pool balances -                    -                    347               334              5,957            5,711              10,117                  -                       10,117     9,772    
Dividend income -                    -                    -                    -                    -                    -                    17,411                  -                       17,411     17,612   
-            -            347        334        5,957      5,711       27,528        -              27,528   27,384  
Note 4 Charitable Activities
Grants Paid -                    -                    -                    -                    3,791            -                    19,592                -                       19,592    14,752   
Governance Costs:
Accountancy and Legal costs -                    -                    3                   3                   421               173                1,274                   -                       1,274      993       
Audit of Financial Statements -                    135                164               135                1,479            1,219             6,900                 -                       6,900     6,500    
-            135         167         138        5,691      1,392     27,766        -              27,766   22,245  
George Boyd Anderson
Bequest
M oray and Nairn
Educational Trust 
M oray and Nairn
Educational Trust
Keith Poor Householders
Fund (Keith Nursing
Trust Fund)
Castlehill Trust Grant Park Trust
Unrestricted
SC019017 SC019017 SC019033 SC019065 SC019066 SC019068
TOTAL
SC019069 SC019071 SC046791
Unrestricted Endowment Unrestricted Unrestricted Unrestricted
Unrestricted Unrestricted Unrestricted
M r and M rs William J
Watt Dufftown Food
Fund
Robert Y oung Trust The M oray Council
Charitable Trust
Page 77

Page 78

12 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued) 
Note 5 Investments 
There is only one trust with investments; Moray and Nairn Educational Trust (SC019017). The investments are all unit
trusts managed in line with the investment policy of the trust. Investments are included at fair value as at the balance
sheet date. The return on investment is made up of the income derived from the investment (e.g. interest and dividends)
and any gain or loss in the market value of the investment. If a charity sells an investment, a gain or loss on the carrying
amount of the asset is realised upon its disposal. Where a charity retains an investment, an unrealised gain or loss on
the carrying amount of the investment may arise at the balance sheet date. 
Trust law applies different rules to endowment funds. In an endowment, trustees cannot add the income from investments
to the endowment capital; the income from the investment is allocated to the unrestricted fund. However, any gain or
loss on investment is attributed to the endowment capital. 
The gain/(loss) on Revaluation figure includes the movement in the market value of all investments held by the trust. 
2023/24 2022/23
£ £
Add: Net (loss)/gain on revaluation 31,345     (15,815)   
Net gains/(losses) on investments 31,345     (15,815)   
Balance Sheet 2023/24 2022/23
£ £
Opening Balance 583,714   599,529  
Add: Net (loss)/gain on revaluation 31,345     (15,815)   
Balance sheet value of Investments 615,059   583,714  
SoFA - Movement in the Available for Sale Reserve
Note 6 Voluntary Income 
Voluntary income includes incoming resources which provide core funding or are of a general nature. Having due regard
to the Council's plans to support any trust funds likely to fall into deficit, including funding any future deficits until the
charity can be reorganised or wound up, there was a contribution of £268 in the previous year to support two Trusts:             
2023/24 2022/23
£ £
Castlehill Trust -                133          
Mr and Mrs William J Watt Dufftown Food Fund -                135          
Total Contribution from Moray Council -                268             
Note 7 Debtors
2023/24 2022/23
£ £
Investment income - Moray and Nairn Educational Trust 1,304       1,655      
Total 1,304       1,655       
Page 78

Page 79

13 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued) 
Note 8 Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 
2023/24 2022/23
£ £
Audit fee 6,900       6,500      
6,900       6,500       
Note 9 Financial Instruments 
The trust funds only have financial assets and financial liabilities of a kind that qualify as basic financial instruments per
FRS 102. Basic financial instruments are recognised at transaction value. The financial instruments disclosed in the
Balance Sheet are made up of the following categories:
2023/24 2022/23
£ £
Debtors
Financial Assets carried at contract amounts 1,304       1,655      
Loans Fund Balances 438,013   437,500  
Total Debtors 439,317   439,155  
Creditors
Financial Liabilities carried at contract amounts 6,900       6,500      
Total Creditors 6,900       6,500       
Note 10 Related Parties 
The Trustees and Moray Council are the only related parties of the Connected Charities. There were no transactions
during the year between any of the Trustees and the Connected Charity Trust Funds.
The trust funds use Moray Council's bank account for all transactions and the balance is invested in the Council's loans
fund, for which it earns interest. There are no other outstanding balances due to or from Moray Council at 31 March
2024. The trustees are required by the Charities SORP to disclose material transactions with related parties; bodies or
individuals that have the potential to control or influence the Trusts Funds, or to be controlled or influenced by the Trust
Funds. The amounts paid by the Connected Charities to Moray Council for support services, including legal and finance
costs, in 2023/24 was £1,274 (2022/23 £993). 
Note 11 Trustee Remuneration, Benefits and Expenses 
None of the trustees of the Trust Funds and no associated person connected with any of them have received any
remuneration or any other benefit for their services. Further, no directly incurred expenses were reimbursed to the
trustees during the year. 
Note 12 Staff Costs and Emoluments 
The Trust Funds have no employees and have not incurred any staff costs or emoluments. 
Page 79

Page 80

14 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued) 
Note 13 External Audit Costs 
The Connected Charities incurred £6,900 of statutory audit fees for the audit of the Connected Charities Trustees
Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 March 2024. This cost has been accrued in 2023/24 and
allocated to each trust (£6,500 2022/23). 
Note 14 Accounting Policies 
Basis of Preparation 
The financial statements for the charitable trusts have been prepared in accordance with the Charities: Statement of
Recommended Practice 2015, commonly referred to as the SORP, in accordance with the Financial Reporting 
Standard 102 (FRS 102), which is effective for accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2019. The financial
statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified by the inclusion of investments at 
fair value, in accordance with the Charities and Trustee Investment (Scotland) Act 2005 and the Charities Accounts
(Scotland) Regulations 2006 (as amended). 
The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis, and in accordance with applicable United Kingdom
accounting standards. The principal accounting policies have been applied consistently throughout the year. 
In line with Regulation 7 of the 2006 Regulations, these financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the
Trust funds for which it acts as sole Trustee are connected charities.  As such the financial statements for the individual
charities have been prepared on a collective basis for the Council. 
An amendment to the Charities SORP (FRS 102) issued by the Financial Reporting Council and published in February
2016 states the requirement for larger charities to prepare a statement of cash flow. The charitable trusts are not classed
as a large charity and so a cash flow statement has not been prepared this year. 
Fund Accounting 
Unrestricted funds are spent or applied at the discretion of the trustees to further any of the charity's purposes. 
Endowment funds represent those assets which must be held permanently by the charity. Income generated from
endowment funds held for investment must be spent on furthering its charitable purposes. 
Incoming Resources 
Investment income and other income is accounted for in the period in which the charity is entitled to the receipt and the
amount can be measured with reasonable certainty. 
Resources expended 
Expenditure is included in the financial statements on an accruals basis and recognised when the activity takes place
and not simply when the cash payment is made. 
Governance costs include the costs of the preparation and examination of statutory financial statements; legal advice to
trustees on governance or constitutional matters and costs of administering grants. 
Investments 
Investments are included at fair value at the balance sheet date in accordance with the principles of the SORP. 
Investment gains and losses include any gain or loss on the sale of investments and any gain or loss resulting from
revaluing investments to fair value at the end of the period. 
Page 80

Page 81

15 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued) 
Note 14 Accounting Policies (continued) 
Other Matters 
The Connected Charities is an arrangement that enables the trust funds for which Moray Council are sole trustees, and
which are individually registered with OSCR, to be brought together and included in the Connected Charities Trustees' 
Report and Financial Statements. As registered charities, they are entitled to certain tax exemptions on income and
profits from investments, and surpluses on any trading activities carried on in furtherance of the charities primary
objectives, if these profits and surpluses are applied solely for charitable purposes. 
The connected charities are a Public benefit entity as defined by FRS 102 in that their primary objective is to make grants
to the individuals or community groups rather than with a view to providing a financial return to trustees.
The Charitable Activities of the trusts are making grants in accordance with the trust deeds and in agreement of the
Trustees. 
There are no judgements, apart from those involving estimations, that the trustees have made in the process of applying
the entity's accounting policies that have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the accounts. 
There are no key assumptions concerning the future, or other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date,
that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the
next reporting period. 
Page 81

Page 82

16 
Independent auditor’s report to the trustees of The Moray Council – Connected Charity
Trust Funds and the Accounts Commission
Reporting on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion on financial statements
We certify that we have audited the financial statements in the statement of accounts of The Moray Council – Connected
Charity Trust Funds for the year ended 31 March 2024 under Part VII of the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973 and
section 44(1)(c) of the Charities and Trustee Investment (Scotland) Act 2005. The financial statements comprise the
Statement of Financial Activities, Balance Sheet, Cash Flow Statement and notes to the financial statements, including
significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable
law and the United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 102 The Financial Reporting
Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).
In our opinion the accompanying financial statements:
•  give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the charity as at 31 March 2024 and of
its incoming resources and application of resources for the year then ended;
• have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted
Accounting Practice; and
• have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Charities and Trustee
Investment (Scotland) Act 2005, and regulation 8 of The Charities Accounts (Scotland)
Regulations 2006.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)), as
required by the Code of Audit Practice approved by the Accounts Commission for Scotland. Our responsibilities under
those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of
our report. We are independent of the charity in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit
of the financial statements in the UK including the Financial Reporting Council’s Ethical Standard, and we have fulfilled
our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have
obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Conclusions relating to going concern basis of accounting
We have concluded that the use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements
is appropriate.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions
that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the charity’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern
basis of accounting for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.
Responsibilities of the trustees for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Trustees, the trustees are responsible for the preparation of financial
statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with the financial reporting framework, and for such internal
control as the trustees determines is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the trustees are responsible for assessing the charity's ability to continue as a
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of
accounting unless the trustees intend to discontinue the charity's operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
Page 82

Page 83

17 
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line
with our responsibilities outlined above to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud.
Procedures include:
• using our understanding of the local government sector and charity sector to identify that
the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973, the Charities and Trustee Investment
(Scotland) Act 2005, and The Charities Accounts (Scotland) Regulations 2006 are
significant in the context of the charity;
• inquiring of the Trustees as to other laws or regulations that may be expected to have a
fundamental effect on the operations of the charity;
• inquiring of the Trustees concerning the charity’s policies and procedures regarding
compliance with the applicable legal and regulatory framework;
• discussions among our audit team on the susceptibility of the financial statements to
material misstatement, including how fraud might occur; and
• considering whether the audit team collectively has the appropriate competence and
capabilities to identify or recognise non-compliance with laws and regulations.
The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is affected by the inherent
difficulty in detecting irregularities, the effectiveness of the charity’s controls, and the nature, timing and extent of the
audit procedures performed.
Irregularities that result from fraud are inherently more difficult to detect than irregularities that result from error as fraud
may involve collusion, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. The capability of the
audit to detect fraud and other irregularities depends on factors such as the skilfulness of the perpetrator, the frequency
and extent of manipulation, the degree of collusion involved, the relative size of individual amounts manipulated, and the
seniority of those individuals involved.
A further description of the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial
Reporting Council's website www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Reporting on other requirements
Other information 
The trustees are responsible for the other information in the statement of accounts. The other information comprises the
Trustees’ Annual Report. 
Our responsibility is to read all the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appears to
be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required
to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the
work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to
report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of
assurance conclusion thereon except on the Trustees’ Annual Report to the extent explicitly stated in the following
opinion prescribed by the Accounts Commission.
Opinions prescribed by the Accounts Commission on the Trustees’ Annual Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Trustees' Annual
Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements
and that report has been prepared in accordance with the Charities SORP (FRS 102).
Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We are required by The Charity Accounts (Scotland) Regulations 2006 to report to you if, in our opinion:
• proper accounting records have not been kept; or
• the financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records; or
Page 83

Page 84

18 
• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.
Use of our report
This report is made solely to the parties to whom it is addressed in accordance with Part VII of the Local Government
(Scotland) Act 1973 and for no other purpose. In accordance with paragraph 108 of the Code of Audit Practice, we do
not undertake to have responsibilities to members or officers, in their individual capacities, or to third parties. 
Angela Pieri, (for and on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP),
110 Queen Street
Glasgow
G13BX 
Date: ………………………………………………. 
Grant Thornton UK LLP is eligible to act as an auditor in terms of Part VII of the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973. 
Page 84

Page 85

REPORT TO: MORAY COUNCIL ON 25 SEPTEMBER 2024 
SUBJECT: REPORT ON TREASURY MANAGEMENT PERFORMANCE AND
TREASURY AND CAPITAL INVESTMENT PRUDENTIAL
INDICATORS FOR 2022/23 
BY:  DEPUTE CHIEF EXECUTIVE (ECONOMY, ENVIRONMENT AND
FINANCE) 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To provide Council with the annual outturn report on Treasury Management
and details of the Council’s Prudential Indicators for Treasury Management
and Capital Investment for the year ended 31 March 2024 
1.2 This report is submitted to Committee in terms of Sections III B (3) of the
Council's Scheme of Administration relating to Treasury Management and the
Capital Plan. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Council considers and notes the Treasury
Management Performance and the Council’s Treasury Management and
Capital Investment Prudential Indicators for 2023/24 as set out in
APPENDIX 2. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 The Council has adopted the CIPFA Code of Practice for Treasury
Management in the Public Sector 2021 (the Code) and the Local Government
Investment (Scotland) Regulations 2010. All treasury management activities
are carried out in accordance with the Code and regulations. 
3.2 The primary requirements of the Code are as follows: 
• An approved Treasury Management Policy, which sets out the policies and
objectives of the Council’s treasury management activities. 
•  An annual treasury management strategy report to Council for the year
ahead and an annual review report to Council of the previous year. 
3.3 The Local Government (Scotland) Act 2003 requires the Council to adopt the
CIPFA Prudential Code for Capital Finance in Local Authorities and to
Item 11.
Page 85

Page 86

produce the prudential indicators set out in the Prudential Code. These
indicators are designed to support and record affordable and sustainable
capital investment and treasury management. 
4.   TREASURY PERFORMANCE 2023/24 
4.1  This annual Treasury Management performance report covers: 
• The Economy and Interest Rates 2023/24
• Treasury Management Strategy and Performance for 2023/24
• Annual Investment Strategy and Performance 2023/24
• Investment Outturn for 2023/24
• Long Term Borrowing and Debt Rescheduling
• Short Term Borrowing
• Prudential Code for Capital Finance in Local Authorities  
The Economy and Interest Rates 2023/24
4.2  Between April 2023 and March 2024, the UK economy faced significant
challenges, marked by persistent inflation and rising interest rates. The Bank of
England maintained a restrictive monetary policy stance throughout this period,
with the Bank Rate peaking at 5.25%. This was part of an effort to curb inflation,
which remained above the 2% target, although there were signs of it gradually
moderating by March 2024. Overall, while inflationary pressures began to ease
towards the end of the period, the UK economy remained under strain, with the
outlook for growth and inflation continuing to be a major concern. 
4.3 The Bank of England (BoE) increased the Bank Rate from 4.25% at the beginning
of the period to a high of 5.25% by September where it remained for the rest of
the financial year. Whilst not as dramatic as the increases in interest rates
experienced during 2022/23, rates had not been that high since February 2008.
As at the writing of this report the Bank Rate has dropped to 5.00% with the
authority’s treasury adviser Arlingclose forecasting that the chance of a cut in
Bank Rate remains slim. 
4.4 The Consumer Price Index (CPI) saw a steady decline from 8.7% to 3.2% over
the period. This was attributable to the tighter monetary policy as mentioned
above as well as a slowing domestic demand caused by higher interest rates,
increased cost of living and reduced real incomes. This weakened demand
exerted downward pressure on prices, particularly sectors sensitive to consumer
sentiment, such as housing and retail. Inflation has continued to decrease
eventually meeting the Government’s target of 2% in June 2024 before increasing
slightly to its current rate of 2.2% 
4.5 Quarterly Gross Domestic Product (GDP) increased 0.6% in the year, recovering
from two consecutive quarters of negative growth (a technical recession) and a
quarter of stagnated growth.   
Annual Investment Strategy
4.6   The Council’s creditworthiness policy was formulated after consultation with
Arlingclose, the Council’s treasury advisers. The Chief Financial Officer
maintains a counterparty list in compliance with the minimum criteria approved
Page 86

Page 87

by Full Council on 3 March 2020 (paragraph 4 of the minute refers) 
4.7  All credit ratings are monitored daily, and the Counterparty list amended to
reflect any changes if necessary – there were no changes during 2023/24. 
Investment Outturn for 2023/24
4.8  The Council managed its investment in-house and invested with the
institutions listed on the Council’s approved Counterparty list. 
4.9 The table below shows the overall investment undertaken by the Council
during 2023/24.   
Total sum
deposited (£m)
Average rate
(%)
Approved Financial Institutions 651.945  4.96 
Council’s Bankers 92.186  3.84 
TOTAL 744.131  4.80% 
The above figures are cumulative, and the actual amounts invested at any
one time range from £6.187m to £54.425m. 
4.10  The average rate of interest earned on investments during the year was 4.80%,
compared to the average 7 day London Inter Bank Date Rate (LIBID) of 4.96%.
When the Bank of England base interest rate increases, the Council’s Bank of
Scotland call account rate is increased from that day, as is the LIBID rate. The
money market funds in which the Council invests the balance of funds takes time
to catch up as their interest rates are not set and fluctuate depending on the
market and the size of the investment in each fund. The Council’s investments
throughout the year were in line with the Treasury Management Practices and
money deposited in the approved funds, redeeming from the ones with the lower
rates first. 
4.11 As at 31 March 2024, the following balances were invested 
Counterparty  Investment Amount (£m) Interest Rate (%)
Bank of Scotland  Call Account 1.000 4.10
CCLA  Money Market Fund 11.100 5.27
TOTAL  12.100 5.18 
Long Term Borrowing and Debt Rescheduling
4.11   The Council’s long term external debt position at 31 March 2024 compared with
the position at the end of the last financial year was as follows 
Page 87

Page 88

31 March 2023 31 March 2024 
Actual
(£000)
Rate
(%)
Average
Life
Actual
(£000)
Rate
(%)
Average
Life
Fixed Rate
Funding (PWLB) 
Fixed Rate
Funding (Market)
126.542 
33,400
4.99 
4.68
17.35 
50.82
128,417 
33,400 
5.07 
4.68
17.18 
49.81
TOTAL DEBT 159.942  4.88  161,817 5.07 
There was no variable rate borrowing in the year. 
4.12 The Council has maintained an under borrowed position which means the capital
borrowing need (Capital Financing Requirement) has not been fully funded with
loan debt. Cash supporting the Council’s reserves, balances and cash flows have
been used as temporary measures to offset the need to borrow. 
4.13 The strategy of effectively delaying new long term borrowing by utilising internal
and temporary borrowing has served well at a time when comparatively cheaper
temporary borrowing from other local authorities in readily available, and
historically low investment returns gives rise to potentially significant carrying
costs for new long-term borrowing. 
4.14 There was no new long term borrowing from the Public Works Loans Board
(PWLB) in the new year. 
4.15 No debt rescheduling was undertaken during the year as the differential between
PWLB new borrowing rates and PWLB premature repayments rates made
rescheduling unviable. 
Short Term Borrowing
4.16 During the year, 19 new temporary loans, totalling £95m were borrowed from
other UK local authorities. A table detailing the short term loans outstanding at 31
March 2024 can be found at APPENDIX 1. 
The Prudential Code for Capital Finance in Local Authorities
4.17 The Local Government (Scotland) Act 2003 requires the Council to undertake its 
treasury activities with regard to the Prudential Code for Capital Finance in Local
Authorities 
4.18 To comply with the Prudential Code, authorities must not borrow to invest
primarily for financial return. The Prudential Code also states that it is not prudent
for local authorities to make investment or spending decisions that will increase
the Capital Financing Requirement (CFR) unless directly and primarily related to
the functions of the authority. Borrowing is permitted for cash flow management,
interest rate risk management, to refinance current borrowing and to adjust levels
of internal borrowing. Borrowing to refinance capital expenditure primarily related
to the delivery of a local authority’s function but where a financial return is also
expected is allowed, provided that financial return is not the primary reason for the
expenditure. 
Page 88

Page 89

4.19 The Code requires the Council to produce mandatory indicators aimed at
assisting members in ensuring that proposed capital investment levels and
treasury management decision satisfy the key requirements of affordability,
prudence and sustainability. The Prudential Indicators for 2023/24 were approved
at Full Council on 1 March 2023 (paragraph 6 of the minute refers). Performance
against key indicators is shown in APPENDIX 2.  
5. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement
Plan (LOIP)) 
None specifically arising from this report.   
(b) Policy and Legal
The Local Government in Scotland Act 2003 provides the powers to
borrow and invest as well as providing controls and limits on these
activities. 
The Council has adopted the CIPFA Prudential Code and the CIPFA
Treasury Management in the Public Services Code of Practice and
Guidance Notes (“the CIPFA Code”) which was revised in 2021.  The
Council also complies with the Local Government Investments
(Scotland) Regulations 2010 (“the Regulations”). 
All Treasury Management activities are carried out in accordance with
the CIPFA Code and the Regulations. 
(c) Financial implications
All financial considerations are contained within the body of the report
and the attached APPENDICES 1 and 2. 
(d) Risk Implications   
The Council is aware of the risks of passive management of the
treasury portfolio and, with the support of the Council’s treasury
advisers, will proactively manage its investments and debt over the
year. 
Capital expenditure is closely monitored and Budget Managers are
aware of their responsibilities to manage budget allocations. 
(e)  Staffing Implications    
None specifically arising from this report. 
(f)   Property    
None specifically arising from this report. 
(g) Equalities
None specifically arising from this report. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
None specifically arising from this report. 
Page 89

Page 90

(i) Consultations
This report has been produced in consultation with Arlingclose, the
Council’s Treasury Advisors 
6. CONCLUSION 
6.1 The Council’s requirements for funds continues to be managed in
accordance with the agreed Treasury Management Strategy. All treasury
management and capital investment activities have been undertaken
within the limits set by the Prudential Code Performance Indicators for
2023/24. 
Authors of Report: Jamie Fraser, Senior Accountant
Background Papers:  
Ref:   SPMAN-1293228629-1156
Page 90

Page 91

Appendix 1
Short Term Loans Outstanding as at 31 March 2024 
Organisation Maturity Date Borrowing rate
(%)
Amount
(£m)
West Of England Combined Authority 13/06/2024 4.20  5.00 
Fylde Borough Council 30/04/2024 4.50  2.00 
Mansfield District Council 30/04/2024 4.50  3.00 
Vale Of White Horse District Council 26/04/2024 4.50  5.00 
Crawley Borough Council 06/09/2024 4.75  3.00 
Gwynedd Council 16/09/2024 5.00  5.00 
Rushcliffe Borough Council 22/07/2024 5.00  5.00 
Renfrewshire Council 22/04/2024 5.70  5.00 
West Yorkshire Combined Auth 23/07/2024 5.55  5.00 
Western Isles Council 25/07/2024 5.90  5.00 
Warwickshire County Council 27/03/2025 5.65  5.00 
Bridgend County Borough 25/02/2025 5.60  5.00 
Crawley Borough Council 14/02/2025 5.60  2.00 
Oxfordshire County Council 26/11/2024 5.80  5.00 
Westminster City Council 28/11/2024 5.90  5.00 
Greater Manchester Comb Auth 19/04/2024 5.60  5.00 
London Bor'Of Havering 22/04/2024 5.60  5.00 
East Sussex County Council 13/03/2025 5.55  5.00 
Wealden District Council 19/03/2025 5.65  5.00 
West Yorkshire Pension Fund 13/08/2024 6.10  5.00 
Middlesborough Council - Teeside Pension Fund 10/04/2024 6.25  5.00 
TOTAL   95.00 
Item 11.
Page 91

Page 92

Page 92

Page 93

Appendix 2
TREASURY AND PRUDENTIAL INDICATORS 
External Debt and Treasury Indicators 
1. The Authorised Limit for External Debt 
The authorised limit for external debt is required to separately identify external
borrowing and other liabilities such as Public Private Partnership (PPP), Design,
Build, Finance, Maintain (DBFM) Contracts and finance lease obligations. This
limit provides a maximum figure to which the Council could borrow at any given
point during the financial year. 
Authorised Limit 2023/24
Approved
Indicator
2023/24
Estimated
Indicator
2023/24 Actual
Maximum 
£000 £000 £000
Borrowing 363,864 279.635 270,867
Other Liabilities 52,466 50,687 50,499
Total External
Debt
416,330 330,322 312,366 
The table shows that the limit was not breached. 
2. Operational Boundary for External Debt
This indicator is a management tool for in-year monitoring and is based on an
estimate of the most likely level of external borrowing at any point during each
year. The estimated indicators are based on the approved capital plan as part of
the Council’s budget setting process. The actual is based on the capital
expenditure in the year and there was slippage in various projects which has
resulted in a variance.
Operational
Boundary
2023/24
Approved
Indicator
2023/24
Estimated
Indicator
2023/24 Actual
Maximum 
£000 £000 £000
Borrowing 348,864 274,635 265,867
Other Liabilities 52,466 49,687 49,499
Total External
Debt
401,330 324,322 315,366 
The table shows that the limit was not breached.
3. Actual External Debt 
This is measured at the end of each financial year. The actual external debt
reported in the annual accounts for the previous year is required to be shown as
an indicator for comparison purposes only. 
Item 11.
Page 93

Page 94

Appendix 2
Actual Debt At 31 March
2023
At 31 March
2024 
£000 £000
Borrowing 241,020 259,917
Other Liabilities 50,009 48,499
Total External Debt 291,029 308,416 
Other Liabilities include the PPP finance liability for Elgin Academy and Keith
Primary School and the DBFM finance liability for Elgin High School. 
4. Treasury Management Indicator
There are four treasury prudential indicators, the purpose of which is to contain
the activity of the treasury function within certain limits, thereby managing risk
and reducing the impact of an adverse movement in interest rates. However, if
these are set to be too restrictive they will impair the opportunities to reduce
financing costs. The indicators are: 
• Upper limits on variable rate exposure – This indicator identifies a maximum
limit for variable interest rates based upon the debt position net of investments. 
• Upper limits on fixed interest rate exposure – Similar to the previous indicator
this covers a maximum limit on fixed interest rates. 
• Maturity structures of borrowing – These gross limits are set to reduce the
Council’s exposure to large fixed rate sums falling due to refinancing within the
same financial year, and are required for upper and lower limits. 
• Maximum period of investment - Following changes arising from the new
Investment Regulations applicable from 1 April 2010, the Council can invest for
periods longer than 364 days. The Council does not currently take advantage of
this change and so has set a limit of Nil for investing over 364 days.
Fixed and Variable Rate Limits 
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Approved Limits
2023/24
Actuals
Interest Rate Exposure Upper Limit Upper Limit Upper Limit
Limits on fixed interest
rates based on net debt
100% 100% 100%
Limits on variable
interest rates based on
net debt
35% 35% 0% 
Page 94

Page 95

Appendix 2
Maturity Structure of Fixed Interest Rate Borrowing 
2022/23
Actual
%
2023/24
Approved
Limits
2023/24
Actual (£m)
2023/24  
Lower Upper  
<12 months 36.44 0% 37% 102.869 40.06%
12-24 months 2.97 0% 20% 7.219 2.81%
2-5 years 10.77 0% 25% 25.238 9.83%
5-10 years 8.40 0% 50% 22.328 8.69%
>10 years 41.43 0% 85% 99.163 38.61% 
Short term rates are low compared to longer term borrowing and in 2023/24 the
Council has continued its policy of short term borrowing resulted in a minor
breach of the <12 months limit. All other limits were maintained during the year.
Maximum Principal Sums Invested Greater than 364 days 
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual
Principal sums invested >364 days £0m £0m 
Capital Expenditure Indicators 
5. Capital Expenditure
This indicator is included so the Council complies with the Local Government in
Scotland Act 2003 which requires the Council to establish and keep under review
capital investment plans which are affordable. 
2023/24
Approved
Indicator
2023/24
Revised
Indicator
2023/24
Revised
Capital
Plan
2023/24
Actual 
£000 £000 £000 £000
Capital Expenditure:    
General Services 61,566 61,566 42,936 30,429
HRA 19,671 19,671 19,671 5,883     
Financed by:    
Capital Receipts 156 156 156 119
Capital Grant & Contributions 25.631 25,361 25,753 13,559
Reserves 0 0 124 4,896
Revenue 1,502 1,502 1,502 739
Total Funding 27,289 27,289 27,535 19,313
Net Financing Need for the
year 
53,948 53,948 35,072 16,999 
Page 95

Page 96

Appendix 2
The General Service Capital Programme for 2023/24 final approved amount was
£42.936 million. Expenditure for the year was £30.429 million, representing a
delivery rate of 71% of the programme. The shortfall was largely a result of
Education Estate expenditure being reprofiled into future years given the need to
divert resource to the Reinforced Autoclaved Aerated Concrete (RAAC) works at
Forres Academy and delays to the Learning Estate Improvement Programme
(LEIP) 3 funding agreement. 
HRA spend in the same period was £5.883m against a revised capital plan of
£19.671m representing a 30% delivery rate. Planned expenditure for the year
included the new builds at Speyview, Aberlour and Bilbohall, Elgin which were
delayed due to construction industry volatility causing these projects to be
reviewed. Underspend to housing improvements occurred as a result of a lack of
availability of external contractors and internal staff resourcing issues that led to
delays in the development of some key investment programmes 
Prudence Indicators 
6. Gross Debt and the Capital Financing Requirement
This indicator records the extent that gross debt is less than the capital financing
requirement. This indicator shows prudence by demonstrating that over the
medium term external borrowing is used only for a capital purpose. The values
are measured at the end of each financial year. Debt is the sum of external
borrowing and other liabilities relating to the financing of assets (i.e. PPP, DBFM
and finance leases). 
The Capital Financing Requirement (CFR) measures the Council’s underlying
need to borrow for capital investment. The capital financing requirement rises
over the period as a large proportion of the Council’s capital expenditure is
financed by additional borrowing thus increasing the Council’s total outstanding
debt. 
The Council pays off an element of the accumulated debt each year through a
revenue charge (the scheduled debt amortisation). 
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Approved
Indicator
2023/24
Revised
Estimate
2023/24
Actual 
£000 £000 £000 £000
Borrowing 241,020 300,937 251,285 259,917
Other Liabilities 54,365 51,466 48,687 48,499
Gross Debt 295,385 352,403 299,972 308,416
CFR 368,461 411,617 418,722 370,760     
Under Limit by 73,076 59,214 77,451 62,344 
The above figures confirm that the Council’s borrowing is under the Capital
Financing Requirement. 
Page 96

Page 97

Appendix 2
Affordability Indicators
7. Ratio of Financing Costs to Net Revenue Stream 
This is an indicator of affordability and calculates the proportion of the net
revenue budget required to finance the costs associated with borrowing and
investment and is calculated by taking the total financing costs, including the
costs of PPP/DBFM schemes as a proportion of the income received by the
Council. The Council has set a limit of 10% for General Services and 35% for the
HRA. The relevant proportions are set out below. 
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Approved
Indicator
2023/24
Revised
Indicator
2023/24
Actual
General Services 8.72% 8.54% 8.84% 8.72%
HRA 21.95% 23.30% 24.36% 23.60% 
8. Estimates of Incremental Impact of New Capital Investment Decisions on
Council Tax and House Rents
This indicator demonstrates the expected incremental impact of planned capital
expenditure and associated borrowing on council tax and rent levels, calculated
on the assumption that capital expenditure is funded by an increase in Council
Tax and rent.
Service 2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Approved
Indicator
2023/24
Revised
Indicator
2023/24
Actual
Council Tax – Band D £54.45 £36.60 £39.49 £34.48
Average Weekly Housing
Rents
£0.79 £1.26 £2.64 £2.13 
The calculated amount on Council Tax reflects the increasing cost of borrowing.
Interest rates are continuing to rise and this will have an impact on the Council’s
future cost of borrowing. For the HRA the 2023/24 actual impact on rents was
less than the revised indicator due to less expenditure than planned due to
delays on various projects.
Page 97

Page 98

Page 98

Page 99

REPORT TO: MORAY COUNCIL ON 25 SEPTEMBER 2024 
SUBJECT: CHANGE TO SCHEDULE OF MEETINGS 
BY:  DEPUTE CHIEF EXECUTIVE (EDUCATION, COMMUNITIES AND
ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT) 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To request agreement from the Council to change a scheduled ordinary
meeting of the Council to a special meeting to consider the Budget and add in
an additional meeting. 
1.2 This report is submitted to Committee in terms of Section III (B) (6) of the
Council's Scheme of Administration relating to any new matter which does not
fall within the terms of reference of any other Committee. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that Council agree to: 
i) designate the scheduled ordinary meeting of the Council on 26
February 2025 as a special meeting to consider the 2025/26
Budget; 
ii) add in an additional meeting on 19 February 2025 as an ordinary
meeting of the Council; and 
iii) add a special meeting of Moray Council on 22 October 2024 and  a
diary hold for a special meeting on 14 January 2025, pending
confirmation of this date. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 Each year a special meeting of the Council is arranged for members to
consider the budget for the forthcoming year.   
3.2 Due to timings for council tax billing for 2025/26, it has been determined that
the scheduled meeting on 26 February 2025 would be the ideal date for
Council to consider and set the budget.  As this meeting is already scheduled
as an ordinary meeting it is proposed to amend this meeting to make it a
special meeting for the budget. 
Item 12.
Page 99

Page 100

3.3 In order to consider other items of business not connected to the Council’s
budget it is proposed to add in a further meeting which would normally be
considered as a special meeting and make it an ordinary meeting on 19
February 2025. 
3.4 Additional meetings of Moray Council are required on 22 October 2024 – after
the Planning and Regulatory Services meeting - to consider the first tranche of
budget savings and on 14 January 2025 to consider the second tranche. It is
not possible to accommodate this business at ordinary meetings due to
timings for workforce and other consultation periods while taking into account
the October and Christmas holiday periods. As timings are still being finalised,
it is asked that meantime 14 January 2025 is kept as a diary hold to be
confirmed by the meeting on 4 December 2024 at the latest. 
4. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement
Plan (LOIP))
None 
(b) Policy and Legal
None 
(c) Financial implications
None 
(d) Risk Implications
None 
(e) Staffing Implications
None 
(f) Property
None 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
None 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
None 
(i) Consultations
Consultations were carried out with the Interim Chief Executive, Depute
Chief Executive (Economy, Environment and Finance) and Depute Chief
Executive (Education, Communities and Organisational Development)
and Head of Governance, Strategy and Performance have been
consulted and any comments incorporated into the report. 
5. CONCLUSION 
5.1 The Council is asked to amend the scheduled calendar of meetings to
take into account the timing of setting the Council’s budget for 2025/26.
Page 100

Page 101

Author of Report: Tracey Sutherland, Democratic Services Manager
Background Papers: 
Ref: SPMAN-2045703626-462
Page 101

Page 102

Page 102

Page 103

REPORT TO: MORAY COUNCIL ON 25 SEPTEMBER 2024 
SUBJECT: CLIMATE ADAPTATION BENCHMARKING 2023 
BY:  DEPUTE CHIEF EXECUTIVE (ECONOMY, ENVIRONMENT AND
FINANCE) 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To inform the Council of the findings from the council’s first climate adaptation
benchmarking exercise and propose updated actions for the Climate Change
Action Plan. 
1.2 This report is submitted to Council in terms of Section III (F) (33) of the
Council’s Scheme of Administration relating to the review or preparation of a
Climate Change Strategy. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Council agree:- 
i) to note the council’s statutory duty to ensure activities and
programs are designed to best support delivery of climate
adaptation; 
ii) to note the contents of the first adaptation benchmarking report and; 
iii)  the existing adaptation action within the Climate Change Action Plan
be updated as outlined in para 5.6. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 Scotland’s climate is changing faster than scientists predicted, in some cases
by many decades. At the same time as rapidly reducing carbon emissions to
meet net zero, it is also essential that the unavoidable impacts of climate
change are understood and acted upon. This is referred to as climate
adaptation. 
3.2 Adaptation is a legal requirement for local authorities, with the Climate
Change (Scotland) Act 2009 requiring that all public sector organisations
ensure their activities and programming are designed so as to best support
delivery of the Scottish statutory adaptation programme and to report progress
annually. Other legislative and policy drivers, particularly around planning,
Item 13.
Page 103

Page 104

flood risk and emergency planning also require climate adaptation to be
addressed.  Climate change officers recognised that the Climate Change
Strategy and Action Plan did not clearly address adaptation, but that the
council is already contributing to the national adaptation plan, for example
through flood prevention and the local development plan.  At a meeting of the
Economic Development and Infrastructure Services Committee on 2 May
2023 a new action to the Action Plan was agreed to ‘identify current
adaptation work happening across the council, including gaps and
opportunities’ (para 10 of the minute refers). 
3.3 The Scottish Government’s funded programme, Adaptation Scotland, provides
support and advice to public bodies on how to adapt.  Existing staff used
these free tools and support to undertake an initial snapshot of climate
readiness across the council, including the completion of an Adaptation
Benchmarking template that will be shared with Adaptation Scotland.   
3.4 The Benchmarking Tool helps illustrate an organisation’s adaptation journey.
It should be used to provide a baseline assessment of the organisation’s
current adaptation capabilities and how their development progresses over
time. It highlights which capability areas the organisation is excelling at and
others where more work may be needed. It can aid communication and
engagement to demonstrate the ambitions of the organisation and the steps
required to get there. 
3.5 Feedback from Adaptation Scotland’s public sector network indicates that
progress across Scottish local authorities is mixed, with some being several
years into dedicated, funded programs, and others at very early stages or not
yet engaging with the programme. 
4. FINDINGS 
Risk and vulnerability
4.1 Some of the main risks to the council have been identified as
• Increased damage to infrastructure from heavy rainfall, storms and sea
level rise. 
• Increased risk to already vulnerable people from extreme heat in
summer, dampness in winter, isolation during emergencies, and rising
costs. 
• Severe threat to ecosystem services such as water, food and air from
biodiversity loss, the spread of pests and diseases, and extreme
weather both locally and globally. 
Moray Council’s climate readiness
4.2 Adaptation Scotland’s Capability Framework sets out best practice steps for a
public body to take to prepare for climate impacts.  The benchmarking tool is
structured around the framework (Appendix 1 - summary and wider
discussion, and Appendix 2 for the completed benchmarking tool). 
4.3 Adaptation is very clearly evidenced in some key service areas, most notably
coastal change and flood management planning, and local development
Page 104

Page 105

planning.  While some progress is being made in other areas, the organisation
as a whole is in the very early stages of preparing for climate impacts. 
4.4 The Capability Framework highlights ways the council should consider to
progress the council’s climate readiness, including: 
• Increase understanding of the risks from the wide range of climate
impacts across all services, plans and policies.
• Develop a long term, strategic approach that takes advantage of early
action and opportunities to combine adaptation with other work
• Increase the urgency of the response; and assess the cost of inaction
• Climate change governance structures should comprehensively include
and monitor adaptation activity.
• The need for an area wide strategy or plan for climate change 
5. NEXT STEPS 
5.1 The climate readiness report (Appendix 1) discusses how to address this
challenge, taking into account the difficult financial context. Progress will be
made where capacity allows, and aligned with other work as far as possible or
reports submitted where funding or resource direction decisions are required. 
5.2 As a practical next step, it is proposed that two new actions be added to the
Climate Change Action Plan, replacing the existing action to ‘identify current
adaptation work happening across the council, including gaps and
opportunities’ with the following: 
a) Action: Climate change officers to work with all services to develop a list of
adaptation actions based on the council’s current adaptation capability,
Scottish National Adaptation Programme (SNAP) 3 objectives, and taking a
measured approach regarding resources. To be consulted on and brought to
members with the Climate Change Strategy update by quarter 3 2025. 
b) Action: A climate risk assessment to be undertaken, reporting on current,
historical and projected costs of climate impacts on the council. To be carried
out in late 2024 to inform the Climate Change Strategy update in 2025. 
c) If agreed, these actions will be later added to the Climate Change Plan and
Route Map to Net Zero, which is in a separate report to this committee
meeting. Delivery of the actions will then support informed decisions to be
made when the Climate Change Strategy update is reported to the council in
2025. 
6 DRAFT SCOTTISH NATIONAL ADAPTATION PROGRAMME 3 (SNAP 3)  
6.1 The next Scottish National Adaptation Programme (SNAP 3) has recently
been out for consultation, with the final plan due in September 2024.  Moray
did not respond to the consultation, however the draft does provide a steer on
how the council should develop its adaptation work over the coming year,
most notably with the forthcoming Climate Change Strategy update. 
Page 105

Page 106

6.2 Draft SNAP 3 proposes the following five outcomes; 1. Nature Connects, 2.
Communities, 3. Public Services and Infrastructure, 4. Economy, Business
and Industry, and 5. International Action. 
6.3 There is a strong focus on cross cutting policies, reflecting the need to work
synergistically to achieve meaningful change and make use of available
resources.  National Planning Framework 4 is a good example of where this is
already in practice, with action to address climate change and nature loss
woven throughout the policies.  Other policy links outlined in the draft SNAP
include Just Transition plans, flood resilience, biodiversity strategy, health and
social care, the Learning Estate Investment Programme, and Sustainable
Procurement Duty. 
6.4 New statutory guidance to support public bodies in the delivery of SNAP 3 is
expected in 2025, but it is recognised that the pace of delivery for the council
will be dependent on available funding and in particular external funding. In
the meantime it is recognised that local authorities have a statutory duty to
embed climate adaptation into public service design and operational resilience
and that SNAP 3, alongside Adaptation Scotland’s guidance, reinforces and
guides how this duty can be delivered.   
7 SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement
Plan (LOIP))
The council has declared both a climate emergency and a nature
emergency, recognising the responsibility the council has to take urgent
action. 
Adaptation supports all three corporate priorities by: ensuring those who
are most vulnerable, particularly children, are protected; progressing a
green economy and green skills in Moray, ensuring long term wellbeing
is achieved, and; embedding climate change and biodiversity in all
processes, plans and policies. 
The Corporate Plan  under challenges to Build thriving, resilient
empowered communities states “Effects of climate change on our
environment and communities and under opportunities “Achievement of
Climate Change targets”. 
(b) Policy and Legal
The Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009, requires that all public sector
organisations ensure their activities and programming are designed so
as to best support delivery of the Scottish statutory adaptation
programme and to report progress annually. 
Adaptation Scotland highlights a wide range of legislation, plans and
policies relevant to adaptation, including; 
• Civil Contingencies Act (2004)
• Flood Risk Management (Scotland) Act 2009
• Planning (Scotland) Act 2006
Page 106

Page 107

(c) Financial implications
While some adaptation action may have associated costs, there are
funding streams available to progress some, and this report has
suggested an approach be taken whereby adaptation is embedded in
existing work as far as possible. There are almost certainly financial
implications arising from failure to progress adaptation measures. 
Further work is required to identify these. 
(d) Risk Implications
The risks arising from climate impacts are increasing and already
affecting council services, however these have not yet been thoroughly
investigated or costed.  There is a risk that avoidable financial costs
could be incurred by the council in the future if adaptation action is not
taken. 
(e) Staffing Implications
Existing climate change staff can only deliver limited progress on
adaptation due to existing workloads and priorities. Support will be
required from other services in terms of data collation and engagement
with action setting, which will be undertaken alongside planned
engagement for the climate change strategy update. Research and
Information officers will support with some data collection for the risk
assessment. There is a request within the Climate Change Plan and
Route Map to Net Zero being reported to this same committee to provide
cross-service development and management support for
decarbonisation projects, spend-to-save opportunities and associated
funding bids across buildings and natural capital opportunities for 12
months. Should that recommendation be approved, this will relieve some
capacity within the Strategic Planning and Development team to lead the
proposed actions within this report. Both proposed adaptation actions will
be deliverable regardless of the recommendation in the Climate Change
Plan report for additional resources, though the comprehensiveness and
timeliness of the risk assessment would be reduced. 
(f) Property
Adapting to climate impacts will require changes to how property is
managed and will reduce risk and costs in the future. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
No EIA is required for this report, however it is noted that climate change
most affects those already vulnerable in society, including those with
underlying health conditions, low income/tenancy status, children and
minorities. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
This report aims to progress understanding of how climate change may
impact on the council, supporting the organisation to become more
prepared and to take advantage of opportunities, including making use of
nature based solutions where possible. 
Page 107

Page 108

(i) Consultations
Consultations have been undertaken with the Depute Chief Executive
(Economy, Environment and Finance), the Head of Economic Growth and
Development, the Head of Housing and Property, the Head of
Environmental and Commercial Services, the Head of Education, the
Programme Manager (Learning Estate), the Head of HR, ICT &
Organisational Development, the Legal Services Manager, the Strategy
and Performance Manager, the Equal Opportunities Officer, the Chief
Financial Officer and Democratic Services Manager. Where comments
have been received, these have been included within the report. 
8. CONCLUSION 
8.1 The Council has a statutory duty to deliver climate adaptation. This
report outlines an initial review of the council’s progress and
contributions to the Scottish adaptation programme, and proposes
updates to the existing adaptation action within the Climate Change
Action Plan. 
Author of Report: Sophie Ward, Climate Change Strategy Officer
Background Papers: 
• James Hutton Institute, 2023:
https://www.hutton.ac.uk/news/scotland%E2%80%99s-climate-
changing-faster-predicted 
• Economic Development and Infrastructure Committee 2 May 2023
https://moray.cmis.uk.com/moray/CouncilandGovernance/Meetings/tab
id/70/ctl/ViewMeetingPublic/mid/397/Meeting/1925/Committee/9/Select
edTab/Documents/Default.aspx
• Adaptation Scotland https://www.adaptationscotland.org.uk/how-
adapt/your-sector/public-sector 
• Legislation and policies
https://www.adaptationscotland.org.uk/application/files/1815/4350/0403
/Legislation_Policies_and_Strategies_-_Adaptation.pdf 
Ref: 
Page 108

Page 109

1 
Appendix 1
Moray Council Climate Readiness   -
A report covering the background and context for the council’s first adaptation benchmarking
exercise, 2023. 
Why take action on adaptation? 
“Scotland’s climate has already changed. The 10 warmest years in the UK have all been
since 2003. Since the early 20th century, rainfall levels have increased in Scotland by
around 11% and on a shorter timescale, since the early 1960s, by around 27%. We
expect these changes to continue and intensify. 1 in 11 homes and 1 in 7 businesses in
Scotland are already at risk of flooding and, on average, around 2000 more properties
will be at risk every year due to climate change.” Scotland’s Adaptation Programme
2019-2024
Climate change is already happening, and the impacts are being felt here in Moray. Extreme weather
events such as heatwaves, drought and sudden heavy rainfall are increasing in frequency (see fig. 1).
These changes are projected to continue and intensify1. Climate impacts experienced in other world
regions will also affect us locally, for example disruption to supply chains or higher costs following
drought in food producing countries, or where conflicts arise over resources. 
Fig. 1 Data sourced from Scottish public bodies
Even if we are successful at reducing our carbon emissions on a global scale, projections show that
the variable weather we presently experience will remain at similar levels throughout the rest of the
century. 
However, if climate targets are missed and the current global emissions trajectory continues, the
extreme weather experienced in Moray by 2100 will make the quality of life we know today no
longer recognisable to our children. We must be prepared for both scenarios.
Policy and legislation
The Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009 requires public bodies to carry out actions designed to best
support delivery of the Scottish adaptation programme. The Climate Change (Duties of Public Bodies: 
1 https://online.flippingbook.com/view/703120/ 
Item 13.
Page 109

Page 110

2 
Reporting Requirements) (Scotland) Order 2015 also requires us to report annually on how we are
contributing to Scotland’s Adaptation Programme, Climate Ready Scotland. 
The current adaptation programme covers 2019 – 2024, with the most relevant outcomes that we as
a local authority are required to contribute to including: 
Outcome 1: Our communities are inclusive, empowered, resilient and safe in response to the
changing climate
Outcome 3: Our inclusive and sustainable economy is flexible, adaptable and responsive to
the changing climate
Outcome 5: Our natural environment is valued, enjoyed, protected and enhanced and has
increased resilience to climate change
The National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4) identifies the Scottish adaptation programme as a cross
cutting policy link . NPF4 Policy 1 states that Local Development Plans ‘must address the global
climate emergency and nature crisis by ensuring the spatial strategy will reduce emissions and adapt
to current and future risks of climate change by promoting nature recovery and restoration in the
area’. Further policies throughout NPF4 detail the need to consider and take steps to address a range
of climate risks within any development. 
The Civil Contingencies Act (2004) requires Public Bodies to assess the risk of emergencies occurring
and maintain plans to ensure services continue to be delivered in the event of an emergency. Severe
weather and climate change are linked to emergencies that may result in wide impacts ranging from
loss of human life to serious environmental damage2. 
Under the Flood Risk Management (Scotland) Act 2009 the council has a statutory duty to implement
and maintain flood protection actions and prepare local flood risk management plans. Moray Council
is the lead authority for the Findhorn, Nairn and Speyside Local Plan District and works with partners
to deliver the plan. 
The council’s climate change strategy identifies the importance of progressing adaptation actions
alongside mitigation (reducing carbon) and for adaptation to be embedded across all departments. 
Risk and vulnerability
The Scottish Government’s Climate Change Adaptation Programme: Climate Ready Scotland
identifies 15 key consequences that we should prepare for, some of which are discussed below.
Of immediate concern for the council is the potential impact on infrastructure. Investment in flood
defence has prevented millions of pounds worth of damage over the last ten years, but climate
impacts such as more frequent heavy rainfall after droughts will increase the risk of events like flash
flooding and landslides which can cause damage to buildings, roads, bridges and other infrastructure
that we are responsible for. Rising sea levels and storms will exacerbate coastal erosion, threatening
coastal communities and infrastructure. 
Because UK buildings were not generally designed for these extremes, there will be a greater risk to
vulnerable people during events such as heatwaves or winter storms which cause power cuts. Last
year saw people without power for up to two weeks following storm Arwen. The elderly, young 
2 https://ready.scot/how-scotland-prepares/preparing-scotland-guidance/keeping-scotland-running/guide-6-
building-resilience-changing-climate 
Page 110

Page 111

3 
children, and those with underlying medical conditions or reduced mobility will be most affected.
Milder, wetter winters may increase the health risks associated with damp and mould, similarly
affecting already vulnerable people more, especially those in rented accommodation or on low
incomes.
Of major concern is the threat to local food security linked to increased pests, disease, damage to
soil health and ecosystems, although the growing season may lengthen with warmer average
temperatures. Global food supplies will likely be disrupted and costs increase as other regions
experience even more intense climate impacts than we do.
Even in Moray there may be water shortages. This would impact households as well as agriculture
and locally important industries such as distilling which rely on large supplies of water during
processing. 
It is safe to assume that pressure on council services will increase as a result of climate change. While
we can’t foresee by exactly how much, it is clear that we need to prepare now so that we are ready
no matter which scenario plays out. 
Many of our buildings are not designed for the level
of heat we are starting to see in summers. Often
those who are already most vulnerable are affected
most, such as young children and the elderly and
the record breaking heatwaves in summer 2023 saw
3,271 excess deaths in England and Wales.
Drought impacts on a Lancashire reservoir. Scottish
Water foresee a greater demand on water supply in
future, at the same time as increased risk of
drought.
In the last decade, over £170 million has been
invested to alleviate the impacts of flooding in
Moray. These flood alleviation schemes have
protected homes and infrastructure from flood
events to an estimated value of £86 million and
counting.
Rapid coastal erosion at Kingston is already
affecting households in the village. The Scottish
Government recommends a trigger based adaptive
pathways approach to coastal change planning, and
recognises the importance of working with natural
systems.
Page 111

Page 112

4 
How climate ready is Moray Council?
Carbon reduction has been the main focus of our Climate Change Strategy, and until 2023 there was
no specific action for addressing adaptation. It was recognised that the council will already be doing
lots of work which contributes to our climate readiness, for example through flood prevention and
the local development plan, so the first adaptation action was added to the Route Map update last
year to ‘identify current adaptation work happening across the council, including gaps and
opportunities’. That work has resulted in this report.
Adaptation Capability Framework
Adaptation Scotland is a Scottish Government funded programme to advise and support Scotland to
prepare for and build resilience to climate impacts. They have produced a Capability Framework as a
step by step guide to support public bodies to be climate ready. The framework allows us to identify
where we are on our adaptation journey (see fig. 3 on next page)
As figure 3 outlines, public bodies should develop these four capabilities: 
Organisational Culture and Resources – Aligning adaptation activities with the organisation’s
priorities and then mainstreaming these into plans, policies and procedures so it becomes
part of business as usual for your organisation.
Understanding the Challenge - Gathering evidence on climate risks and vulnerabilities and
integrating these into internal systems and procedures. This enables informed decisions
based or actual or expected change.
Planning and Implementation - Setting appraised options into an adaptation strategy and
action plan, adopting an approach that maintains flexibility and seeks pathways for an
adaptation transition.
Working Together - Forging connections with key partners to share ideas and find
opportunities to collaborate. Engaging a diverse range of stakeholders to help shape
adaptation plans brings shared benefits.
Organisations move through different maturity levels, though the maturity for each capability may be
different: 
Starting - Adaptation is completely new to the organisation, so this stage focuses on research
and early engagement.
Intermediate – More evidence is built around understanding, the organisation is starting to
put governance and early actions in place and to work with partners.
Advanced – Robust processes and risk assessments are in place, actions are being delivered
and formal partnerships made.
Mature – Focusing on embedding, mainstreaming, sharing and widening engagement.
Page 112

Page 113

5 
Figure 3: Scotland Adapts: A Capability Framework for a Climate Ready Public Sector 
Page 113

Page 114

6 
Results of the Benchmarking exercise 
The process of reviewing Moray Council’s adaptation capability was initiated in 2023 using tools from
the framework. Climate change officers gathered information from across council services, through a
workshop, one-to-one meetings and via a short survey. This provided an overview of some of the
adaptation activity, and challenges, within the council and this was fed into the Climate Change
Public Bodies Report (see Economic Development & Infrastructure Services committee agenda item
10). Volunteers from several services further met to discuss the findings and agree initial scores for
the Adaptation Scotland public bodies benchmarking tool.
The results of this initial review are summarised in the following sections and within the Adaptation
Benchmarking document that will be submitted to Adaptation Scotland (please see Appendix 2).
Only starting and intermediate levels were assessed; given the early progress level that was scored
for these first two levels it was not deemed appropriate to review the more mature levels during this
initial exercise 
Organisational Culture and Resources 
Moray Council has begun to consider where adaptation fits in the organisation, at officer level in
some key services. The importance of addressing climate impacts has been communicated within the
Climate Change Strategy and Route Map, linking with the organisation’s strategic objectives, but
adaptation has not yet been identified/prioritised within corporate plans and policies. 
A governance structure is in place within the Climate Change Strategy and Board, and an informal
working group has been established but there are no resources yet identified to progress actions
beyond this initial review. Adaptation is only being resourced within existing capacity and generally
to deliver policy e.g. flood risk, local development plan. 
The benefits of embedding adaptation within existing work range from long term financial savings to
improved social outcomes, but this practice has not yet been embedded. 
Maturity: Starting and Intermediate levels both in progress 
Progress identified:
✓ Adaptation within Climate Change Strategy 
✓ Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero: adapting to climate impacts align with the
council’s corporate priorities. Financial savings in the long term and improving social
outcomes 
✓ Climate Change Strategy action to ‘identify current adaptation work happening across the
council, including gaps and opportunities’
✓ Climate change officers co-ordinating information gathering and reporting, adaptation
activity progressing within existing resources across several services.
Risk areas: 
• Climate impacts and adaptation opportunities are not yet understood across all services. 
• Climate impacts and adaptation opportunities are not yet considered within corporate
plans and policies
• No resources specifically identified to help embed adaption within existing work 
• No existing revenue resources identified to develop new adaptation actions 
Page 114

Page 115

7 
Suggested tasks to develop the Planning and Implementation capability and be more climate ready:
➢ Climate risks and opportunities recognised and embedded within service plans 
➢ Identify where adaptation should be included within standard procedures etc. 
➢ Embed adaptation considerations within project/plan/policy. 
➢ Leadership and adaptation working group to advocate adaptation and mainstream
identifying opportunities for action. (Raise profile of co-benefits): 
➢ Collaboration across services to maximise funding opportunities, pooling of resources and
achieving multiple benefits
Understanding the Challenge 
Moray Council is learning about climate change and its potential impacts in Scotland. Key
information that is most relevant to the council has been collated and this is being used to raise
awareness and develop a common understanding of potential consequences.  
Potential climate impacts that are specific to our context and linked to strategic and operational
priorities have not been evidenced and are not understood across all services. The council is already
aware of, and responding to, some of the most obvious impacts such as flood risk and coastal
erosion. However at the organisational level no climate risk assessment has been undertaken and so
vulnerabilities remain largely unknown. 
Initial engagement with key services has begun to identify key functions that could be affected by
climate change, but further work is required to engage these services and to raise awareness of the
wider range of impacts on the council and communities we support.
Maturity: Starting mostly complete, Intermediate in progress
Progress identified: 
✓ Coastal Change Adaptation Plans in development
✓ Flood Risk Management Plans in place 
✓ Initial engagement with key services for benchmarking report
✓ Climate change training and e-module - Approx 2.5% of staff and councillors have directly
engaged with climate learning opportunities that cover adaptation.
Risk areas: 
• Not enough capacity to deliver climate training across all services
• Limited engagement with climate change learning opportunities across all services 
• Little evidence of understanding the full range of climate impacts relevant to all council
services
• Climate risks and opportunities have not yet been evidenced and costed
Suggested tasks to progress Understanding the Challenge capability and be more climate ready:
• Conduct a local climate impacts profile (LCLIP) or other comprehensive risk assessment
reporting on how climate impacts are already affecting the council – compiling historical
costs as well as reviewing resources to identify which key functions will be most impacted in
future.
• Extreme weather log to record disruptive events as they happen to track damage, costs,
resource requirements
Page 115

Page 116

8 
• Focus workshops and training with senior management and key services – learning to be
cascaded (link to action on service plans)
• Embedding adaptation within existing service training should be explored in future.
Planning and Implementation 
Moray Council has begun to identify where adaptation action is being delivered through targeted
engagement, though further work is required to ensure this is thoroughly captured. Recognition of
the contribution we make to Climate Ready Scotland was evident in the most recent Climate Change
Route Map and Public Bodies Climate Change Report.
The council’s ‘climate ready’ vision has not yet been developed into defined adaptation outcomes
that align with the council’s purpose. This, along with identified actions, have yet to be included
within the Climate Change Strategy and supporting documents. 
Maturity: Starting mostly complete, Intermediate no processes in place yet
Progress identified: 
✓ £226,000 coastal change funding secured for three case studies within Moray for 2024/25
✓ Community resilience plans, out of hours comms and hybrid working; Engagement for the LDP,
delivery of NPF4 policies; Flood Risk Management Strategies in place; Energy efficiency (HEEPS
/EESSH), Meeting Scottish Housing Quality Standard 
✓ Delivering Forest and Woodland Strategy – next version at consultation stage
✓ Delivery of outdoor learning through the curriculum; Wildflower and living lawn action for
pollinators; Rain garden installation; Restoration and enhancement of key nature sites; Removal
of invasive non-native species; Delivery of NPF4 and woodland strategy
Risk areas: 
• Some adaptation actions are not recognised as relevant to climate change, which may
result in missed opportunities
• No desired adaptation vision and outcomes that align with the council’s purpose
• No action plan in place to prepare for the impacts of climate change
Suggested tasks to progress the Planning and Implementation capability and be more climate ready:
• Adaptation actions to be added to the CCS plan. 
• An adaptation plan embedded within the next CCS.  
• All council activity that is contributing to SNAP to be recognised within the CCS action plan
and statutory reporting.  
Working Together 
Moray Council is beginning to forge connections with others working on adaptation. We are
becoming active in relevant networks to share learnings and expertise. We are also identifying
opportunities to consider adaptation in other groups, partnerships and forums. 
Some specific areas have well developed connections with partners on adaptation, for example
regarding flood and coastal risk management. In these specific (but impactful) areas, opportunities
are being taken to deliver initial actions. The importance of collective action and co-delivery of initial
actions have yet to be developed and clearly linked to climate adaptation. 
Maturity level: Starting complete, Intermediate in progress
Page 116

Page 117

9 
Progress identified: 
✓ Public Sector Climate Adaptation Network members
✓ Informal networking with other local authorities 
✓ Internal consideration of relevant Moray groups, partnerships and forums to engage with
✓ Limited engagement with some local groups
Risk areas: 
• No capacity to lead Moray-wide collaboration on adaptation 
• No Moray-wide climate strategy or action plan in place
Suggested tasks to progress the Working Together capability and be more climate ready:
• Work with Moray CAN to embed adaptation into a Moray area climate change strategy.
• Ensure adaptation measures are embedded within planned Just Transition bid.
• Support Moray CAN and other partners to communicate and engage with the community.
• Support adaptation work delivered by Moray CAN and other partners
Adaptation as an opportunity 
A number of outcomes from Scotland’s second national adaptation plan align strongly with Moray
Council’s corporate priorities. 
Most notably, both recognise the importance of focusing on the most vulnerable people in our
society. Those who are already vulnerable are also at most risk from climate impacts, and taking
action in this area will improve health and wellbeing as well as reduce health and social care costs. 
Linking across all three Corporate Priorities, young people stand to risk the most from climate
impacts and should be supported to develop the skills they will need to adapt and respond to the
changing climate. Nature based solutions are recognised as cost-effective, long lasting and multi-
benefit and are expected to be a significant growth area3. Investment in nature based solutions can
help our economy, communities and natural environment be resilient and safe in response to climate
change and give young people the skills, opportunity and motivation to stay in Moray. 
The council’s most significant contribution to the national adaptation programme is through the
innovative pathway approach now being used to develop new flood and coastal erosion plans. This
will enable the council to plan for, and react to, different scenarios as they are triggered.
Collaborative working across services will ensure adaptation planning around how services can be
delivered while taking account of possible climate change impacts like these.
Opportunities to combine adaptation with other objectives to achieve shared outcomes should be
maximised, especially given the limited existing capacity and budgetary constraints. Such
opportunities include carbon offsetting, delivering the council’s biodiversity duty and nature
networks, town centre regeneration, learning estate and active travel improvements. 
Addressing climate adaptation is actively encouraged within many funding streams such as the Just
Transition Fund which has so far brought in £880,000 to the council, the Nature Restoration Fund’s
£471,000 direct grants over the past three years and £226,000 for coastal change adaptation case
studies in 2024-5. Further competitive grants are available through all of these funds. Other funds
that that can, and should, contribute to Moray’s climate readiness, include the £18m Levelling Up 
3 https://www.nature.scot/professional-advice/social-and-economic-benefits-nature/nature-based-jobs-and-
skills#:~:text=Significant%20further%20growth%20in%20nature,is%20expected%20to%20be%20significant 
Page 117

Page 118

10 
Fund, £670,000 UK Shared Prosperity Fund, £200,000 Economic Recovery Fund, £35,000 Town
Centre Capital Fund, £466,000 Scottish Government Place Based Improvement Fund. Last year’s 
active travel funding totalled approximately £1,366,000 and can often present opportunities for
adaptation measures. Nature based solutions and adaptation measures are already a key feature of
several existing plans and collaboration across council services continues. Further opportunities to
generate income through private investment and development should be explored, as this is a fast
growing area with significant potential. 
The new Moray Climate Action Network (Moray CAN) will support climate adaptation to be
progressed at the community level, so close working between the council, tsiMORAY and other
partners is already underway. Funding opportunities available to communities already include the
SSEN Resilient Communities Fund, Just Transition Fund and Moray Local Action Fund. An improved
understanding of what Moray needs to be climate ready will support wider partnership working and
embedding of adaptation action within existing groups and forums etc.    
Conclusion 
Without deep, rapid and sustained global greenhouse gas emissions reduction we will see the
likelihood of abrupt and irreversible impacts increase4. Adaptation is therefore a long-term challenge
that requires strategic planning and implementation to achieve the necessary outcomes. 
This early stage has focused on pulling existing adaptation activity together and explaining what
adaptation is to key services. The Council’s Climate Change Strategy and the Scottish 
National Adaptation Programme ask us to go beyond this, to take steps to help to address the gaps
and take further action, including working to embed adaptation across all services and operations. 
In addition to the most obvious impacts such as storm damage, there will be hidden costs to identify
(especially from slow onset impacts); health and safety considerations for staff, pupils and the wider
public; emerging global pressures with local consequences. There may also be opportunities to take
advantage of.  
Further resources may need to be identified in future to progress this, but there are also indications
that the next Scottish adaptation programme (expected in 2024) will more clearly identify the
expectations required from public bodies. It is hoped that this information will be available to feed
into the next Moray Council  Climate Change Strategy update to support decision making.
As a practical next step, it is proposed that two new actions be added to the Climate Change Action
Plan, replacing the existing action to ‘identify current adaptation work happening across the council,
including gaps and opportunities’. These actions, in combination, will further support informed
decisions to be made when the Climate Change Strategy update is reported to the council in 2025: 
4 https://www.ipcc.ch/report/ar6/syr/resources/spm-headline-statements 
Page 118

Page 119

11 
Proposed actions:
1. Climate change officers to work with all services to develop a list of adaptation actions
based on the council’s current adaptation capability, SNAP 3 objectives, and taking a
measured approach regarding resources. To be consulted on and brought to members with the
Climate Change Strategy update in 2025.
2. A climate risk assessment to be undertaken, reporting on current, historical and projected
costs of climate impacts on the council. To be carried out in late 2024 to inform the Climate
Change Strategy update in 2025. 
Page 119

Page 120

Page 120

Page 121

ORGANISATIONAL CULTURE & RESOURCES
<< Return Home
2020 2021 2022 2023
0.6667
Maturity Stage: 1. STARTING
2020 2021 2022 2023
1
Task Code Start Date
(Optional)
Resource
Required
(Optional)
Tasks Required
(Optional)
No. Days
Required
(Optional)
Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual task
OC1A dd.mm.yy Starter pack completed, initial engagement with key officers Adaptation considered at officer level in some key service areas,
not all. Less evidence at corporate level.
Climate Change Strategy update an opportunity. Very limited
resources to deliver the engagement required.
OC1B dd.mm.yy Starter pack completed
No staff resource dedicated solely to adaptation. Resources mainly
for existing work to deliver policy e.g. flood risk, local development
plan
Need to embed adaptation across existing work and processes, 
align with other priorities to deliver actions. As above, ability to
deliver this slowed by lack of resources.
MATURITY STAGE: 2. INTERMEDIATE
2020 2021 2022 2023
1
Notes on Starting Maturity Stage
The council’s climate change strategy aims to identify adaptation activity and develop new policy and actions to address gaps, as well as embedding adaptation across all services and
operations.
The co-benefits of adapting to climate impacts align with the council’s corporate priorities as highlighted in the 2023 route map update, not only making financial savings in the long term
but improving social outcomes too. 
A number of the council’s climate change actions support adaptation progress, but the 2023 update included a specific action to ‘identify current adaptation work happening across the
council, including gaps and opportunities’. This has initiated the council’s adaptation journey, contributing to Scotland’s adaptation programme and improving the resilience of the
organisation and wider community.
Climate change officers have been co-ordinating information gathering and reporting, and ongoing activity within some services is progressing within existing, limited, resources.
Notes on Intermediate Maturity Stage
Governance arrangements in place for climate change, but very limited evidence of progress on adaptation. 
Your organisation is now prepared to work on adaptation. Leadership has
put in place governance arrangements and committed suitable resources
to progress with your initial adaptation plans. There is an emerging set of
people in your organisation who can see opportunities to deliver
adaptation – and may become adaptation ‘champions’.
How accurately does the description of an organisation at that maturity stage reflect your current
organisational situation? Please provide an assessment on a scale of 0-3 where 0 indicates your
organisation does not display or illustrate any of the traits or characteristics described in the summary
box at all and 3 meaning that your organisation currently matches the description provided accurately. 
Annually
Score
Identify resources available for adaptation Yes Yes
Description of how capability is displayed by
organisation at this stage: Progress Level:
Task Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to undertake
task?
Consider how adaptation fits with your organisation
and its objectives Yes Yes
Score
Scotland Adapts: A Capability Framework
for a Climate Ready Public Sector
CAPABILITY AREA:
Description of how capability is displayed by
organisation at this stage: Progress Level:
Your organisation is able to communicate why adaptation matters by
linking it to your strategic objectives. You have considered where
adaptation fits in your organisation and identified key opportunities to
begin your adaptation work – as well as what resources are available to
support it. 
How accurately does the description of an organisation at that maturity stage reflect your current
organisational situation? Please provide an assessment on a scale of 0-3 where 0 indicates your
organisation does not display or illustrate any of the traits or characteristics described in the summary
box at all and 3 meaning that your organisation currently matches the description provided accurately. 
Annually
Annually
Score
APPENDIX 2
Item 13.
Page 121

Page 122

Task Code Start Date
(Optional)
Resource
Required
(Optional)
Tasks Required
(Optional)
No. Days
Required
(Optional)
Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual taskTask Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to undertake
task?
Consider how adaptation fits with your organisation
Task Code Start Date Resource
Required Tasks Required No. Days
Required Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual task
OC2A dd.mm.yy None at coporate level
Aligning with other work (local plan, flood/coastal risk) works well,
but need to raise profile of co-benefits and ensure adaptation is
always considered in any project/plan/policy. Aligning with other
OC2B dd.mm.yy Informal adaptation working group including managers and officers
across different services, elected member workshop
Awareness raising successful, but limited to key individuals so far.
Senior management support would enable embedding across
services so more opportunities are identified
OC2C dd.mm.yy Currently falls within Climate Change Strategy and  it's internal
Board
Appropriate given size of LA and resources available, however
more top down support would enable further / quicker progress
MATURITY STAGE: 3. ADVANCED
2020 2021 2022 2023
0
Task Code Start Date Resource
Required Tasks Required No. Days
Required Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual task
OC3A dd.mm.yy Initial list of opportunities identified in starter pack but no further
planning undertaken
OC3B dd.mm.yy
OC3C dd.mm.yy
Maturity Stage: 4. MATURE
2020 2021 2022 2023
0
Task Code Start Date Resource
Required Tasks Required No. Days
Required Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual task
Identify opportunities to include adaptation in plans,
policies and procedures Yes
Notes on Advanced Maturity Stage
No
Task Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to undertake
task?
Annually
Score
Establish governance arrangements for adaptation Yes
Motivate ‘champions’ and actively promote
adaptation across the organisation  Yes No
Put governance arrangements for adaptation into
operation Yes No
Notes on Mature Maturity Stage
Task Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to undertake
task?
Description of how capability is displayed by
organisation at this stage: Progress Level:
Annually
Score
Your organisation delivers a broad range of action on adaptation, which is
now being mainstreamed into many plans, policies and procedures. Your
governance arrangements are kept up-to-date and are able to reflect
changing demands as more people become involved. There is a supported
network of ‘champions’ who continue to lead the way on adaptation.
How accurately does the description of an organisation at that maturity stage reflect your current
organisational situation? Please provide an assessment on a scale of 0-3 where 0 indicates your
organisation does not display or illustrate any of the traits or characteristics described in the summary
box at all and 3 meaning that your organisation currently matches the description provided accurately. 
Partly
Description of how capability is displayed by
organisation at this stage: Progress Level:
Your organisation now has governance arrangements in place to deliver
adaptation. You are systematically identifying opportunities to include
adaptation in plans, policies and procedures. These opportunities are
being taken up by emerging adaptation ‘champions’ across your
organisation. 
How accurately does the description of an organisation at that maturity stage reflect your current
organisational situation? Please provide an assessment on a scale of 0-3 where 0 indicates your
organisation does not display or illustrate any of the traits or characteristics described in the summary
box at all and 3 meaning that your organisation currently matches the description provided accurately. 
Secure resources to plan and deliver adaptation Yes No
Engage with colleagues to identify adaptation
opportunities and potential ‘champions’ Yes Partly
Task Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to undertake
task?
Page 2 of 10Page 122

Page 123

Task Code Start Date
(Optional)
Resource
Required
(Optional)
Tasks Required
(Optional)
No. Days
Required
(Optional)
Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual taskTask Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to undertake
task?
Consider how adaptation fits with your organisation
OC4A dd.mm.yy
OC4B dd.mm.yy
OC4C dd.mm.yy
Review and update governance arrangements for
adaptation Yes No
Mainstream adaptation into your organisation’s
plans, policies and procedures Yes No
Develop a network of recognised adaptation
‘champions’ Yes No
Page 3 of 10Page 123

Page 124

UNDERSTANDING THE CHALLENGE
<< Return Home
2020 2021 2022 2023
1
Maturity Stage: 1. STARTING
2020 2021 2022 2023
2
Task Code Start Date
(Optional)
Resource Required
(Optional)
Tasks Required
(Optional)
No. Days Required
(Optional) Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual task
UC1A dd.mm.yy
•฀Adaptation within Climate Change Strategy and Plan
•฀Flood risk and coastal change planning
•฀Adaptation slideshow and local extreme weather chart
Approx 2.5%  of staff and councillors have directly engaged with
climate adpatation learning opportunities. Good but need to reach
wider. Still confusion between adaptation and mitigation so specific
Very limited resources to deliver the engagement required.
UC1B dd.mm.yy As above plus  LDP engagement as above Very limited resources to deliver the engagement required.
MATURITY STAGE: 2. INTERMEDIATE
2020 2021 2022 2023
1
Task Code Start Date
(Optional)
Resource Required
(Optional)
Tasks Required
(Optional)
No. Days Required
(Optional) Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual task
UC2A dd.mm.yy Flood risk and coastal change planning, Local development plan
(NPF4). Carbon Literacy training
Some teams extremely knowledgeable - (e.g. flood/coastal risk).
Less evidence of this across the orgnisation or for wider impacts. Very limited resources to deliver the engagement required.
UC2B dd.mm.yy This benchmarking exercise and completing starter pack Very basic information captured when completing starter pack and
not from all service areas. Ability to deliver this slowed by lack of resources.
Notes on Intermediate Stage
Evidence should be gathered of how climate impacts are already affecting the council. A report could identify historical costs as well as which key functions will be most impacted in
future. This will help identify strategic and operational priorities for adaptation work. No resources idenitfied to progress this yet.
Scotland Adapts: A Capability
Framework for a Climate Ready Public
CAPABILITY AREA:
Annually
Score
Description of how capability is displayed by
organisation at this stage: Progress Level:
Your organisation is learning about climate change and its potential
impacts in Scotland. You will have pulled together key information
that is most relevant to your organisation – and this is being used to
raise awareness and develop a common understanding of potential
consequences.   
How accurately does the description of an organisation at that maturity stage reflect your current organisational
situation? Please provide an assessment on a scale of 0-3 where 0 indicates your organisation does not display or
illustrate any of the traits or characteristics described in the summary box at all and 3 meaning that your organisation
currently matches the description provided accurately. 
Notes on Starting Maturity Stage
The council is already aware of, and responding to, some of the most obvious impacts such as flood risk and coastal erosion. Initial engagement with key services has begun, but further
work is required to raise awareness of the wider range of impacts on the council and communities we support. There will be hidden costs to identify (especially from slow onset
impacts); health and safety considerations for staff, pupils and the wider public; emerging global pressures with local consequences. There may also be opportunities to take advantage of. 
•฀Adaptation within Climate Change Strategy and Plan
•฀Flood risk and coastal change planning
•฀Initial engagement with key services and councillors including adaptation slideshow highlighting local weather trends/impacts
•฀E-module and Carbon Literacy training
•฀LDP engagement
Task Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to
undertake task?
Annually
Score
Learn about Scotland's changing climate Yes Yes
Learn about climate impacts affecting Scotland Yes Yes
Description of how capability is displayed by
organisation at this stage: Progress Level:
Your organisation is building an understanding – and evidence – of
potential climate impacts that are specific to your context and linked
to strategic and operational priorities. By engaging internal
stakeholders you are able to identify key functions that could be
affected by climate change. Exploring recent weather events provides
insight into climate-related vulnerabilities.
How accurately does the description of an organisation at that maturity stage reflect your current organisational
situation? Please provide an assessment on a scale of 0-3 where 0 indicates your organisation does not display or
illustrate any of the traits or characteristics described in the summary box at all and 3 meaning that your organisation
currently matches the description provided accurately. 
Annually
Score
Task Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to
undertake task?
Develop understanding of climate risk and
vulnerability Yes Partly
Consider how your organisation’s functions
might be affected by climate change Yes Partly
Page 4 of 10Page 124

Page 125

Task Code Start Date
(Optional)
Resource Required
(Optional)
Tasks Required
(Optional)
No. Days Required
(Optional) Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual taskTask Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to
undertake task?
UC2C dd.mm.yy
MATURITY STAGE: 3. ADVANCED
2020 2021 2022 2023
0
Task Code Start Date Resource Required Tasks Required No. Days Required Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual task
UC3A dd.mm.yy
UC3B dd.mm.yy
UC3C dd.mm.yy
UC3D dd.mm.yy
Maturity Stage: 4. MATURE
2020 2021 2022 2023
0
Task Code Start Date Resource Required Tasks Required No. Days Required Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual task
UC4A dd.mm.yy
UC4B dd.mm.yy
UC4C dd.mm.yy Sharing learnings from coastal change adaptation plans with others
Notes on Advanced Stage
Notes on Mature Stage
Explore the impact of recent weather events on
your organisation Yes No
Description of how capability is displayed by
organisation at this stage: Progress Level:
Your organisation is building an evidence base for long-term climate
impacts under a range of possible futures. This is used to inform
climate change risk assessment - whether for strategic organisational
risks, priority service areas or specific projects. You are now able to
identify knowledge gaps and are working with others to address them. 
How accurately does the description of an organisation at that maturity stage reflect your current organisational
situation? Please provide an assessment on a scale of 0-3 where 0 indicates your organisation does not display or
illustrate any of the traits or characteristics described in the summary box at all and 3 meaning that your organisation
currently matches the description provided accurately. 
Annually
Score
Task Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to
undertake task?
Explore future changes by developing scenarios
and/or storylines for climate impacts Yes No
Undertake strategic climate change risk
assessment Yes No
Identify knowledge gaps, seek expertise and
foster links with research and innovation Yes No
Undertake project-level risk assessment Yes No
Score
Task Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to
undertake task?
Description of how capability is displayed by
organisation at this stage: Progress Level:
Your organisation is embedding knowledge on climate and adaptation
into internal systems, enabling routine use by people in their day-to-
day roles. This includes assessing climate risk within a wider risk
management framework. You continue to learn and adjust to the
climate adaptation challenge connecting with a wide range of partners
to co-produce adaptation solutions.
How accurately does the description of an organisation at that maturity stage reflect your current organisational
situation? Please provide an assessment on a scale of 0-3 where 0 indicates your organisation does not display or
illustrate any of the traits or characteristics described in the summary box at all and 3 meaning that your organisation
currently matches the description provided accurately. 
Annually
Actively engage in sharing, learning, research and
innovation Yes Partly
Mainstreaming of climate change risk assessment Yes No
Accessible climate adaptation knowledge  is
integrated into internal systems and procedures Yes No
Page 5 of 10Page 125

Page 126

Task Code Start Date
(Optional)
Resource Required
(Optional)
Tasks Required
(Optional)
No. Days Required
(Optional) Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual taskTask Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to
undertake task?
Page 6 of 10Page 126

Page 127

PLANNING & IMPLEMENTATION
<< Return Home
2020 2021 2022 2023
0.6667
Maturity Stage: 1. STARTING
2020 2021 2022 2023
2
Task Code Start Date
(Optional)
Resource Required
(Optional)
Tasks Required
(Optional)
No. Days Required
(Optional) Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual task
PI1A dd.mm.yy Starter pack completed ,  benchmarking engagement and Public
Bodies Climate Change Duties Report
Some activity may have been missed as some departments were
not engaged Ability to deliver further slowed by lack of resources.
PI1B dd.mm.yy As included in  Public Bodies Climate Change Duties Report
submitted 2023 Only for the report as noted. Same issue as above. Ability to deliver further slowed by lack of resources.
PI1C dd.mm.yy Identified when completing starter pack and infrmation gathering
for benchmarking
Senior management support could help achieve buy-in from key
staff not yet engaged Ability to deliver further slowed by lack of resources.
MATURITY STAGE: 2. INTERMEDIATE
2020 2021 2022 2023
0
Task Code Start Date Resource Required Tasks Required No. Days Required Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual task
PI2A dd.mm.yy
Notes on Intermediate Stage
Adaptation only featured within wider Climate Change Strategy with no clearly identified vision or outcomes. Only one action which is to '‘identify current adaptation work happening
across the council, including gaps and opportunities’ introduced in 2023 - so far resources have been limited to completing the starter pack, public bodies climate change duties adaptation
section, and this benchmarking exercise .
Being a small LA and limited resources, this next stage will likely be embedded within the Climate Change Strategy  framework so that the adaptation vision, outcomes and action will be
delivered within existing governance arrangements. Likely to progress in 2025 with the strategy update.
Scotland Adapts: A Capability
Framework for a Climate Ready Public
CAPABILITY AREA:
Annually
Score
Description of how capability is displayed by
organisation at this stage: Progress Level:
Your organisation is able to look at the big picture and see where it
can make a contribution to a Climate Ready Scotland. You have
recognised ways that you are already delivering adaptation actions –
and have a plan for engaging key people from across your
organisation. 
How accurately does the description of an organisation at that maturity stage reflect your current
organisational situation? Please provide an assessment on a scale of 0-3 where 0 indicates your organisation
does not display or illustrate any of the traits or characteristics described in the summary box at all and 3
meaning that your organisation currently matches the description provided accurately. 
Notes on Starting Stage
The Scottish Climate Change Adaptation Programme identifies several policy areas that local authorities are responsible for delivering, focusing on local planning, flood risk and coastal
erosion as well as greenspace and outdoor learning. While at varying stages, the council is taking action in each of these areas.
What is our contribution to Climate Ready Scotland (SCCAP2)?
Outcome 1: Our communities are inclusive, empowered, resilient and safe in response to the changing climate
•฀Development of community resilience plans,  and out of hours comms service and hybrid working
•฀Engagement for the local development plan, supporting communities to develop place plans and delivery of NPF4 policies
•฀Flood Risk Management Strategies in place
•฀Delivering HEEPS, strategy and plans for delivering EESSH
•฀Meeting  Scottish Housing Quality Standard (SHQS)
Outcome 3: Our inclusive and sustainable economy is flexible, adaptable and responsive to the changing climate
•฀Delivering Forest and Woodland Strategy – next version at consultation stage
Outcome 5: Our natural environment is valued, enjoyed, protected and enhanced and has increased resilience to climate change
•฀Delivery of outdoor learning through the curriculum
•฀Wildflower and living lawn action for pollinators
•฀Restoration and enhancement of key nature sites
•฀Removal of invasive non native species
•฀Installation of two rain gardens, plans for more
•฀Delivery of NPF4 and woodland strategy
Task Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to
undertake task?
Score
Annually
Identify actions already delivering adaptation Yes Partly
Identify key internal stakeholders for adaptation Yes Yes
Consider how you contribute to Scotland's
adaptation outcomes Yes Partly
Task Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to
undertake task?
Define a vision and outcomes for adaptation Yes No
Annually
Description of how capability is displayed by
organisation at this stage: Progress Level:
Your organisation has developed a clear vision of ‘climate ready’ and
has defined adaptation outcomes that align with your organisation’s
purpose.  You are considering an emerging set of potential
adaptation actions and can pull these together into an action plan -
while implementing early action practical actions. 
How accurately does the description of an organisation at that maturity stage reflect your current
organisational situation? Please provide an assessment on a scale of 0-3 where 0 indicates your organisation
does not display or illustrate any of the traits or characteristics described in the summary box at all and 3
meaning that your organisation currently matches the description provided accurately. 
Score
Page 7 of 10Page 127

Page 128

Task Code Start Date
(Optional)
Resource Required
(Optional)
Tasks Required
(Optional)
No. Days Required
(Optional) Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual taskTask Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to
undertake task?
PI2B dd.mm.yy
PI2C dd.mm.yy
PI2D dd.mm.yy
MATURITY STAGE: 3. ADVANCED
2020 2021 2022 2023
0
Task Code Start Date Resource Required Tasks Required No. Days Required Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual task
PI3A dd.mm.yy
PI3B dd.mm.yy
PI3C dd.mm.yy
PI3D dd.mm.yy
Maturity Stage: 4. MATURE
2020 2021 2022 2023
0
Task Code Start Date Resource Required Tasks Required No. Days Required Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual task
PI4A dd.mm.yy
Notes on Advanced Stage
Notes on Mature Stage
Your organisation should be able to take early
practical action on adaptation by building upon
existing projects or implementing no-regret /
quick-wins. These help raise the profile of
adaptation - building internal support and
helping to spur more action
Yes No
PI2C Develop an initial adaptation (strategy and)
action plan Yes No
Description of how capability is displayed by
organisation at this stage: Progress Level:
Your organisation has developed and is now implementing an
adaptation strategy and action plan. This coordinates and integrates
adaptation into relevant projects, policies and plans across your
organisation and with partners. There is an appraisal of adaptation
options that places them within a strategic context, aligned with
your organisation’s adaptation goals/outcomes. This enables effective
prioritisation and sequencing of adaptation measures.
How accurately does the description of an organisation at that maturity stage reflect your current
organisational situation? Please provide an assessment on a scale of 0-3 where 0 indicates your organisation
does not display or illustrate any of the traits or characteristics described in the summary box at all and 3
meaning that your organisation currently matches the description provided accurately. 
Annually
Score
Task Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to
undertake task?
Develop a strategic change process for achieving
adaptation outcomes Yes No
PI3B Appraisal of adaptation options Yes No
Develop a comprehensive adaptation strategy
and action plan Yes No
Score
Implement a programme of adaptation actions Yes No
Description of how capability is displayed by
organisation at this stage: Progress Level:
Identify a range of potential adaptation
(measures, options, actions) Yes No
Adopt an ongoing adaptive management cycle
for adaptation planning Yes No
Your organisation is now taking a strategic approach to adaptation,
which is becoming business-as-usual as it is mainstreamed into plans,
policies and procedures. You are able to be flexible and allow for
uncertainty, adopting an iterative adaptive management cycle and
planning into the long-term, for example using adaptation pathways
to manage climate risks.
How accurately does the description of an organisation at that maturity stage reflect your current
organisational situation? Please provide an assessment on a scale of 0-3 where 0 indicates your organisation
does not display or illustrate any of the traits or characteristics described in the summary box at all and 3
meaning that your organisation currently matches the description provided accurately. 
Task Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to
undertake task?
Annually
Page 8 of 10Page 128

Page 129

Task Code Start Date
(Optional)
Resource Required
(Optional)
Tasks Required
(Optional)
No. Days Required
(Optional) Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual taskTask Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in place to
undertake task?
PI4B dd.mm.yy
PI4C dd.mm.yy
No
Implement pathways for adaptation /
transformational change Yes No
Taking action on adaptation is mainstreamed
into your organisation’s (functions / services) Yes
Page 9 of 10Page 129

Page 130

UNDERSTANDING THE CHALLENGE
<< Return Home
2020 2021 2022 2023
1.3333
Maturity Stage: 1. STARTING
2020 2021 2022 2023
3
Task Code Start
Date
Resource
Required
Tasks
Required
No. Days
Required Evidence to justify progress Learning (what worked well and what
could be better)
Other thoughts / comments for each
individual task
WT1A dd.mm.yy
Member of Public Sector Climate Adaptation Network, Sniffer
flood resilience network,  national/regional communications groups,
non-adaptation specific networks where the topic will be discussed.
Adaptation as a topic not evident in all national networks
(housing/property an example) Needs greater engagement at the national level
WT1B dd.mm.yy List identified - see notes Positive engagement where there is resource to do this Ability to deliver this slowed by lack of resources.
MATURITY STAGE: 2. INTERMEDIATE
2020 2021 2022 2023
Notes on Starting Stage
Council officers attend regular adaptation networking meetings and engage with colleagues in neighbouring local authorities to share learnings. Key sections engage with national
discussion re flood risk, resilience comms etc. While there has been some consideration of how to bring adaptation into Moray groups, partnerships and forums, little engagement with
them has occurred yet.
Some engagement, but either not clearly identified climate adaptation (JCC) or at very early stages (MorayClimate Action Network)
Groups may include:
•฀Grampian Local Resilience Partnership - Emergency Planning Unit
•฀Joint Community Councils
•฀Moray Climate Action Network
•฀Health and Social Care Partnership
•฀Moray Firth Coastal Partnership
•฀Scottish Council for Development and Industry
•฀Business Resilience Forum
•฀NESBiP (biodiversity partnership)
Notes on Intermediate Stage
The council has good relationships and existing partnerships that will support area wide adaptation, however progress is very limited due to available resources, particularly for
engagement.
Scotland Adapts: A Capability
Framework for a Climate Ready Public
CAPABILITY AREA:
Task Description Is this task relevant
for you?
Are processes in
place to undertake
Annually
Score
Description of how capability is displayed by
organisation at this stage: Progress Level:
Your organisation is beginning to forge connections with others
working on adaptation. You are becoming active in relevant
networks to share learning and expertise. You are also identifying
opportunities to consider adaptation in other groups, partnerships
and forums.
How accurately does the description of an organisation at that
maturity stage reflect your current organisational situation? Please
provide an assessment on a scale of 0-3 where 0 indicates your
organisation does not display or illustrate any of the traits or
characteristics described in the summary box at all and 3 meaning
that your organisation currently matches the description provided
accurately. 
Annually
Score
Join relevant professional and adaptation
networks Yes Yes
Identify relevant external organisations and
partnerships Yes Yes
Description of how capability is displayed by
organisation at this stage: Progress Level:
Your organisation is deepening its connection with partners on
adaptation. You are taking opportunities to include adaptation in a
range of your organisation’s external activities, including co-delivery
of initial actions. Together you are emphasising the importance of
collective action. 
How accurately does the description of an organisation at that
maturity stage reflect your current organisational situation? Please
provide an assessment on a scale of 0-3 where 0 indicates your
organisation does not display or illustrate any of the traits or
characteristics described in the summary box at all and 3 meaning
that your organisation currently matches the description provided
accurately. 
Annually
Page 9 of 9Page 130

Page 131

REPORT TO: MORAY COUNCIL ON 25 SEPTEMBER 2024 
SUBJECT: CLIMATE CHANGE PLAN AND ROUTE MAP TO NET ZERO 
BY:  DEPUTE CHIEF EXECUTIVE (ECONOMY, ENVIRONMENT AND
FINANCE) 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To ask the Council to approve the update to the Climate Change Plan and
Routemap to Net Zero, to note the Council’s progress to date and actions
required to meet targets and statutory duties, to agree budget to support
development and management of decarbonisation projects, spend-to-save
opportunities and funding bids, and to agree reporting requirements
surrounding ongoing work. 
1.2 This report is submitted to the Council in terms of Section III (F) (33) of the
Council's Scheme of Administration relating to providing, developing and
monitoring the Council’s Economic Development and Infrastructure Services. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that Council: 
(i) approves the update to the Climate Change Plan and Routemap to
Net Zero (Appendix 1); 
(ii) notes that if the Council’s targets and statutory duties are to be
met, action is required to accelerate the pace of building
decarbonisation, and development of a delivery model for natural
capital enhancements, the groundwork for which has now been
completed or is currently underway; 
(iii) notes that significant funding opportunities are currently and in
future are likely to become available to the Council to make
progress in these areas; 
(iv) agrees that existing decarbonisation and natural capital project
groundwork be built upon by working up projects in detail with a
view to submitting funding bids and spend-to-save opportunities; 
(v) agrees to delegate authority to the Acting Head of Service for
Economic Growth and Development to proceed with project
Item 14.
Page 131

Page 132

development, management and associated funding bids where no
additional council resource is required; 
(vi) agrees that further reports should be submitted to Council where
funding bids and spend-to-save opportunities are developed
which require additional council resource to progress; 
(vii) agrees that a Climate Change Working Group be formed as set out
in paragraph 4.10, with a Terms of Reference document to be
reported to the next available meeting of the Council. 
(viii) notes that a decision point report will be produced in 2025 for
members to reassess the Council’s decarbonisation targets,
considering changes in the policy and funding landscape, which
will form the basis for a review of the Climate Change Strategy
2020-30; 
(ix) agrees that a 12 month fixed-term project officer be appointed,
funded by savings within the Economic Growth and Development
staffing budget, to support cross-service project development and
management of decarbonisation projects and associated funding
bids, as set out in paragraph 5.3; 
(x) considers whether to commit £20,000 from reserves towards
supporting cross-service project development and management
costs of decarbonisation projects and associated funding bid
support that is otherwise unavailable as set out in paragraphs 5.3
and 5.4 and the financial implications section, with a report as set
out in paragraph 5.4 to be provided to Council within 3 months of
the proposed post commencing; and 
(xi) agrees that the £30,000 committed within the 2024-25 budget for
Just Transition be used for consultancy to support the
development of a funding bid from August 2024. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 Climate change is a significant and escalating threat to Moray’s natural
environment, people and economic wellbeing. The impacts of climate change
are already being felt. These will continue to worsen, posing major challenges
for both current and future generations, ecosystems, infrastructure and key
sectors including food and drink, agriculture and tourism. 
3.2 The Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009 requires the Council to respond to
these challenges by reducing greenhouse gas emissions, adapting to the
changing climate, and to act in a way considered most sustainable. The
Council must report on compliance with these duties annually. 
3.3 Contributing to the achievement of sustainable development through
continuous improvement in performance is a key component of the Council’s
Best Value duties set out by the Local Government in Scotland Act 2003.
Achieving sustainable development means meeting the needs of the present
Page 132

Page 133

without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own
needs. 
3.4 On 27 June 2019, the Council made a declaration of climate emergency,
which stated that the Council must take necessary actions to protect our area,
country and planet (para 6 of the Minute refers). 
3.5 In response to the commitments made in the declaration, on 10 March 2021
(para 13 of the Minute refers) the Council adopted a Climate Change Strategy
for 2020-30. The strategy set a net zero target of 2030, and required that its
officers and elected members work with other across Moray to deliver that
goal. It was agreed that an annual Climate Change Plan and Routemap to Net
Zero would be produced and updated with the latest data on current
emissions, progress and future projections. 
3.6 On 28 February 2024, the Council agreed a new Corporate Plan 2024-29,
with climate change integrated prominently throughout its priorities (para 15 of
the Minute refers). 
3.7 On 18 April 2024, the Scottish Government replaced annual carbon reduction
targets with multi-year carbon budgets. This action retains the statutory target
of net zero carbon emissions by 2045 within the public sector but removes the
target of a 75% reduction by 2030. The Scottish Government also announced
a new package of climate action measures on transport, uptake of EV
chargers and land use. Some of the new actions aim to increase funding for
peatland restoration, tree planting and renewable energy generation. 
3.8 In May 2024, the Cabinet Secretary for Net Zero and Energy wrote to the
Council Leader and Chief Executive regarding the latest public bodies’ climate
change duties reporting. The Cabinet Secretary commended officers for
continued on-time compliance with the duty and gave an overview of analysis
undertaken on the reporting. The analysis reveals areas where attention
needs to be focused over the coming years, including scaling up project
delivery to decarbonise heating and strengthening reporting on climate risk
assessment and adaptation action. The Cabinet Secretary has requested that
all public bodies undertake an internal review of their reporting processes and
quality assurance procedures to ensure compliance with their duties under the
Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009. 
4. CLIMATE CHANGE PLAN AND ROUTEMAP TO NET ZERO 
4.1 The updated Climate Change Plan and Routemap to Net Zero is set out in
Appendix 1. It details how the Council is progressing its statutory duties
under three key themes: 
• Reducing carbon emissions;
• Restoring nature; and
• Being ready for climate impacts. 
4.2 It also sets out how embedding climate action within services supports the
delivery of the Council’s new corporate priorities and vision, presenting a
Page 133

Page 134

strategic and cost-effective way to overcome the challenges identified within
the Corporate Plan 2024-29. 
4.3 The document has been produced in collaboration with key services across
the Council, all of which have a responsibility to lead climate action in their
respective workstreams. 
4.4 Whilst this year’s report highlights areas of progress and best practices,
carbon emissions have increased due to a continuation of business-as-usual
practices within the Council. Beyond business-as-usual emissions increases,
progress on carbon emissions reduction has been restricted for several
reasons: 
• Services within the Council increasingly lack the resources or expertise
needed to develop and manage effective carbon and cost reduction
projects, and/or secure external funding;
• A lack of shared ownership, leadership and collaboration across services
together with competing priorities has created a situation where climate
change is often regarded as a separate issue, rather than an opportunity
which can be integrated into existing work – creating efficiencies;
• Mixed understanding of climate change at all levels within the Council can
hinder buy-in, proactive action and sustainable development; and
• Some decisions taken by the Council have contributed to a delay in
carbon emissions reduction. For example, the Council’s new fleet
replacement strategy which delayed uptake of low emission vehicles due
to immature technology and funding constraints. 
4.5 In addition, obligations around nature conservation and opportunities and
funding to support natural capital projects have grown since the publication of
the Climate Change Strategy 2020-30. Future success in this area will require
securing new funding sources and integrating biodiversity efforts with other
initiatives where appropriate to create efficiencies and opportunities for spend-
to-save initiatives. 
4.6 There also remains a critical gap in the Council’s readiness for the impacts of
climate change. A recent assessment revealed a low level of maturity of
response to climate adaptation and understanding of the Council’s
vulnerability to climate impacts and the potential financial implications. Further
work is required in this area to ensure that the Council meets its statutory
obligations and is otherwise satisfied that it is prepared for the impacts of
climate change. It is important to note that some authorities have already
completed this work while others are yet to start. Aberdeenshire Council has
undertaken three rounds of this work and Highland Council is undertaking its
first round. Both authorities are willing to share experience in this area with
officers in Moray. It is hoped that this work can be completed to inform the
revised Climate Change Strategy in 2025. A separate report on climate
change adaptation to this Council sets out how this may be resourced, though
it is noted that the approval of the recommendation for additional resourcing
within this report would provide capacity to move this work forward in a more
comprehensive and timely manner than otherwise could be achieved. 
Page 134

Page 135

4.7 Significant opportunities lie ahead to make progress against these challenges,
including:  
• The Scottish Government’s £500m North East Just Transition Fund, which
officers are developing future bids for. To date, the Council has secured
£881,000 from this Fund and officers propose to work with partners to
develop a multi year, multi million pound bid across a range of projects,
supporting economic growth, carbon reduction, renewable energy
generation, use of natural capital and this will include spend to save
opportunities
• Potential future funding for the actions raised within the Council’s Local
Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy;
• Incoming Regional Land Use Partnerships (RLUPs) which will be key to
delivery of natural infrastructure development. Funding to enable peatland
restoration, tree planting and renewable energy generation is expected to
be made available by a new carbon tax;
• Work to maximise socio-economic benefits from energy developments in
Moray which could deliver significant funding opportunities for ongoing
projects locally. This is based upon National Planning Framework 4 Policy
11 and guidance approved by the Council on 24 April 2024 (para 4a of the
Minute refers). The Local Development Plan is required to identify
opportunities for renewable energy and along with grid infrastructure, these
are required by Policy 11 to maximise net economic impact, including local
and community socio-economic benefits. The guidance proposes that a
strategic regional approach is taken, which is additional to the existing
community benefit process, to identify regional interventions which will be
developed by the Council and HIE and could include elements of economic
growth and spend to save, such as energy efficiency measures, affordable
housing, renewables generation, tourism infrastructure, apprenticeship
schemes, green skills and business space;
• Power purchase agreements (PPAs) to cover capital funding of renewable
energy installations, and provide a reduced energy cost to the Council; and
• Retrofit credits for retrofitting works principally in social housing. 
4.8 Success will require a combination of strong leadership, collaboration across
services, knowledge building and adequate resourcing to realise these
opportunities. 
4.9 The groundwork to strengthen the Council’s position for advancing projects
and securing external funding has been completed in some areas and is
ongoing in others. This includes completion of the Council’s Local Heat and
Energy Efficiency Strategy (LHEES), natural capital opportunities study,
rooftop solar feasibility studies for buildings together with a further programme
of lighting replacement and costing actions to inform the Climate Change
Strategy update in 2025. Renewable energy projects on buildings are actively
in development, with indicative payback periods of around 6 years, and
demonstrating high net lifetime savings for the Council. These sit within the
Transformation Strategy. 
4.10 Owing to the upcoming decision point and review of the Climate Change 
Strategy, it is proposed that a members and officers’ Climate Change Working 
Group be established. This model previously operated during the
Page 135

Page 136

development of the Climate Change Strategy and provided useful in-depth 
oversight around key areas of policy development. It is suggested that the 
working group follow a similar structure to existing working groups, with 
membership to include: 
• The Depute Chief Executive (Economy, Environment and Finance) and
Heads of Service;
• The Corporate (Chief Executive) and Elected (Cllr Van Der Horne)
Climate Change champions;
• The Climate Change Team
• Relevant operational officers from key sections as required;
• Nominated representatives from the member body; and
• A representative from Moray Climate Action Network (Moray CAN). 
4.11 If the working group proposal is approved, officers will seek nominations for 
representatives from Group Leaders and work with the nominees to develop a 
Terms of Reference setting out the focus, function and outcomes of the 
working group. The Terms of Reference will be reported to the next  available 
meeting of the Council. 
5 NEXT STEPS 
5.1 This Climate Change Plan and Routemap to Net Zero, along with the latest
carbon emissions reporting, will form the basis for officers producing a
decision point report for members in 2025 on the Council’s continued
commitment to net zero by 2030. This will provide an understanding of
progress to date, the estimated costs and the level of carbon sequestration
required to meet this target, and the impact on other aspects of the Council’s
climate and nature crisis response. Recent and ongoing changes to national
decarbonisation targets and the funding landscape will be analysed for
impacts on work locally. 
5.2 The planned revision of the Climate Change Strategy 2020-30 will take place
in 2025 following the Council’s consideration of the decision point report. The
revised strategy will be informed by engagement with elected members and
the wider community. As part of this process, an internal review of climate
change reporting processes and quality assurance procedures will be
undertaken to ensure continued compliance with the Council’s statutory duties
and in line with the Cabinet Secretary’s request at paragraph 3.8 above. 
5.3 Building on the groundwork undertaken to take advantage of upcoming
funding and spend-to-save opportunities will require support to progress
project development and management that cannot be met within existing staff
resources and expertise. In this regard, it is proposed that savings within
Economic Growth and Development staffing budget be used to fund a
temporary 12 month Project Officer post to provide cross-service development
and management support for decarbonisation projects, spend-to-save
opportunities and associated funding bids across buildings and natural capital
opportunities. £20k is requested from reserves to assist this workstream by
funding technical studies where necessary to progress renewables projects
already subject to project mandates which demonstrate significant return on
investment, develop future renewables and natural capital projects ready for
Page 136

Page 137

funding as set out in the opportunities discussed above at paragraph 4.7. If
approved, a report will be provided to Council within 3 months of the post
commencing which will detail the funding being targeted, potential timeframe
for bids, projects under consideration/development for bids into that funding,
and objectives to be met by the projects including meeting statutory duties,
national and local targets, and/or spend to save, and the potential value of the
bid and any associated saving. 
5.4 The Council has recognised that significant external funding will be required to
meet its net zero targets and has already approved £30k as part of the 2024-
25 budget which is requested to be used to appoint consultants to inform
development of a future bid to the Just Transition Fund from August 2024.
However, this will only be sufficient to support workshops, analysis and
development of the overall bid and will not cover the cost of developing
elements of the detail to go into the Just Transition bid or the interventions for
the Regional Socio- Economic Benefit Fund.  Future project officer costs, if
bids are successful, will be written in to funding bids where applicable to
provide capacity for ongoing project development and delivery to reduce the
need for council resources. 
6 SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement
Plan (LOIP))
The Climate Change Strategy 2020-30 supports the priorities set out in
the Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan. The Council has declared a
climate and nature emergency, and the measures being progressed as
part of the strategy seek to create a resilient, biodiverse, fair and more
sustainable future for everyone within Moray. The actions of the strategy
align fully with the priorities:
• Tackling poverty and inequality;
• Building a stronger, greener, vibrant economy; and
• Building thriving, resilient, empowered communities. 
(b) Policy and Legal
Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009 places a duty on public bodies to
act in the way best calculated to contribute to the delivery of Scotland’s
climate change targets; in the way best calculated to help deliver any
programme for climate change adaptation laid before the Scottish
Parliament; in a way it considers most sustainable. 
Local Government in Scotland Act 2003 places Best Value duties on the
Council which include contributing to the achievement of sustainable
development through continuous improvement in performance. 
Climate Change (Duties of Public Bodies: Reporting Requirements)
(Scotland) Order 2015 requires that public bodies prepare a report on
compliance with climate change duties as set out by the Climate Change
(Scotland) Act 2009. 
Page 137

Page 138

Climate Change (Duties of Public Bodies: Reporting Requirements)
(Scotland) Amendment Order 2020 requires that public bodies provide
further details within their mandatory reporting on climate change duties. 
Nature Conservation (Scotland) Act 2004 places a duty on the Council to
consider biodiversity in its decision-making processes and to promote
the conservation of local habitats and species. 
Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategies (Scotland) Order 2022
requires the Council to develop plans to improve energy efficiency and
reduce carbon emissions in buildings across Moray. 
Heat Networks (Scotland) Act 2021 requires the Council to develop
plans to improve energy efficiency and reduce carbon emissions in
buildings across Moray. 
Transport (Scotland) Act 2019 provides the Council with powers to
improve active travel infrastructure and implement low emission zones. 
Planning (Scotland) Act 2019, through National Planning Framework 4
(NPF4), incorporates national climate change targets into the local
planning system to promote sustainable development, and consider
carbon, biodiversity and climate change impacts throughout the planning
process. 
In addition, climate change is increasingly being embedded in in all
government policies ranging from infrastructure delivery to energy policy,
and these are likely to influence the Council’s work moving forward. 
(c) Financial implications
£20k is requested from reserves to provide a limited budget for technical
studies where necessary to support cross-service development and
management support for decarbonisation projects, spend-to-save
opportunities and associated funding bids across buildings and natural
capital opportunities, as set out in paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4. This budget
will be used by a fixed term project officer to be recruited at Grade 9
(£41,696.20-£45,730.10) for 12 months using existing budget and
savings identified within the Economic Growth and Development staffing
budget. This consists of £20k in both 2024/25 and 2025/26 from the
economic strategy budget which was retained to provide consultancy,
£10k from the local development plan revenue budget 2024/25 and £10k
from the Strategic Planning and Development staffing budget arising
from vacancy management and secondment to Elgin Town Board. To
support the post £20k is required for technical studies as outlined above,
without which progress will be limited. The proposed works align with all
three of the corporate priorities:
• Tackling poverty and inequality;
• Building a stronger, greener, vibrant economy; and
• Building thriving, resilient, empowered communities. 
The projects progressed within the opportunities set out at paragraph 3.7
focus both on leveraging in funding to deliver climate and socio-
Page 138

Page 139

economic benefits and, where possible, on spend to save opportunities
such as those from renewables, other energy saving works and potential
income generation including carbon and retrofit credits. The scale at
which these opportunities can be realised cannot yet be quantified, but
even if Moray achieved its pro-rata share of funding from the Just
Transition Fund alone, that would equate to around £90m over 10 years.
That work cannot be accommodated within existing resources. 
Corporate Management Team Additional Expenditure Warning 
When the Council approved the budget for 2024/25 on 28 February 2024 (paragraph 7
of the Minute refers) it balanced only by using reserves. The indicative 3 year budget
shows a likely requirement to continue to make savings in the order of £13 million in the
next two years. All financial decisions must be made in this context and only essential
additional expenditure should be agreed in the course of the year. In making this
determination the committee should consider whether the financial risk to the Council of
incurring additional expenditure outweighs the risk to the Council of not incurring that
expenditure, as set out in the risk section below and whether a decision on funding
could reasonably be deferred until the budget for future years is approved. 
As the budget has been balanced using reserves and reduced free general reserves to
the policy minimum, this would use further earmarked reserves of no more than £20k in
2024/25 and increase savings required in 2025/26 by £20k if approved. 
(d) Risk Implications
Climate change is a serious risk to the Council’s service provision. It
poses significant risks to our health, our economy, our environment and
endangers the wellbeing of current and future generations. 
The actions within the Climate Change Strategy 2020-30 are designed to
ensure compliance with the Council’s statutory obligations and targets. 
There is a risk that progress will be limited if the project officer post is
approved without the additional £20k being approved for technical
studies. 
(e) Staffing Implications
Groundwork to strengthen the Council’s position for advancing
decarbonisation projects and external funding is principally led by
officers in Strategic Planning and Development, with support from
officers in Housing and Property and Transportation. These services are
under significant workload pressures associated with Climate Change
Duties, Local Development Plan, Moray Growth Deal, Levelling Up Fund,
and Elgin Town Board. This has limited progress on developing future
Just Transition projects and in further developing the Socio-economic
benefits guidance and regional interventions. 
If approved, a fixed-term project officer at grade 9 will be recruited for 12
months to support officers in Strategic Planning and Development to
develop and manage projects and funding bids as outlined in the
Financial Implications section. This would provide sufficient workload
capacity to consider the Council’s climate change impacts vulnerability
assessment work in a comprehensive and timely manner, to inform the
Climate Change Strategy update in 2025. 
Page 139

Page 140

(f) Property
The development of decarbonisation projects will impact on corporate
buildings, council landholdings and the learning estate. Implications for
specific sites will be set out as projects are developed in detail. 
As agreed by the Council in the case of natural capital projects, any
landholdings identified as potentially suitable for change will be assessed
on a case-by-case basis in collaboration with key stakeholders. If any
proposed improvements would lead to change of use of common good
land, then this would be subject to a statutory public consultation under
S104 of the Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015 to ensure
community support for the proposals and will be subject to future
reporting. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
Climate change will impact on every service area of the Council. By
considering climate change across services, it is possible to deliver
positive equalities and socio-economic impacts. Climate action is integral
in progressing the Council’s corporate priorities of tackling poverty and
inequality, building a stronger greener economy, and building thriving,
resilient, empowered communities. 
Climate change will lead to more extreme weather events in Moray
which will have a disproportionate impact on those already in poverty or
with the inability to adapt to this change. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
This report focuses attention on the actions required to ensure that the
Council meets its statutory obligations and targets. Reducing carbon
emissions, restoring nature and being ready for climate impacts are
necessary steps to act on the climate and nature emergency and show
local leadership. 
(i) Consultations
Consultations have been undertaken with the Interim Chief Executive,
the Depute Chief Executive (Economy, Environment and Finance), the
Depute Chief Executive (Education, Communities and Organisational
Development), the Acting Head of Economic Growth and Development,
the Head of Governance, Strategy and Performance, the Head of
Housing and Property, the Head of Environmental and Commercial
Services, the Chief Financial Officer, the Democratic Services Manager,
the Roads Maintenance Manager, the Vehicle Services and Compliance
Manager, the Programme Manager (Learning Estate), the Waste
Manager, the Energy Officer, and the Equal Opportunities Officer. 
A briefing on this report for elected members was conducted on
3 September 2024. 
Page 140

Page 141

7 CONCLUSION 
7.1. The Climate Change Plan and Routemap to Net Zero provides an update
on the Council’s progress towards its targets and statutory duties in
relation to climate change. If the Council’s 2030 net zero target is to be
achieved, there is a need for improvement in the Council’s response
across the key areas of carbon reduction, restoring nature and being
prepared for the impacts of climate change. 
7.2. Groundwork has been completed is some areas and is underway in
others to respond to opportunities for improvement. Significant funding
resources are currently and are likely to become available to progress
these decarbonisation projects and having project options prepared
ahead is likely to be key to achieving success in these funding streams. 
7.3. £20k is requested from reserves to assist provision of cross-service
development and management support by funding any technical studies
as required to progress decarbonisation projects, income generation
and spend-to-save opportunities, and associated funding bids. 
Author of Report: George Gunn, Climate Change Strategy Officer
Background Papers: 
Ref: SPMAN-813460984-597
Page 141

Page 142

Page 142

Page 143

Appendix 1
Moray Council Climate Change Strategy 2020-2030
Climate Change Plan and
Routemap to Net Zero
2024 update
Item 14.
Page 143

Page 144

Contents 
Executive Summary 
1 Why are we taking climate action 
2 How we approach climate action 
3 Our climate action progress
3.1 Building Heat and Electricity
3.2 Transport
3.3 Waste
3.4 Operating Emissions
3.5 Procurement and Investment
3.6 Nature and Carbon Sequestration
3.7 Adaptation
3.8 External Influence 
4 Where are we going 
5 Conclusion 
Glossary
Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
1
2
10 
16
18
21
24
26
28
30
34
37 
40 
47 
48
Page 144

Page 145

Climate change and its impact on nature are already being felt
across Moray communities. From coastal erosion to severe storms
and flooding, these impacts affect the way that Moray Council
delivers vital public services. 
The Council’s declaration of a climate and nature emergency places
urgency on its work to both reduce carbon emissions and prepare
public services and communities for the impacts of tomorrow. 
This Climate Change Plan and Routemap to Net Zero is an annual
report on the progress of the Moray Council Climate Change
Strategy 2020-2030. It provides a strategic outlook to ensure the
greatest impact from our resources whilst addressing the climate
and nature emergencies. 
Whilst this year’s report highlights progress and best practices,
carbon emissions have increased due to business-as-usual
practices. This reinforces the need to use resources to their best
advantage in a challenging financial climate and underlines that
achieving the Council’s aspirations and statutory duties requires
revisiting the following fundamental principles: 
Strong leadership
Sufficient resources
Well-defined roles and responsibilities
An empowering change culture
Clear and transparent communication
Knowledge and expertise
Robust targets, measurement and evaluation
1Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
A decision point report will be produced in 2025 for members to
reassess the Council’s decarbonisation targets, considering
changes in the policy and funding landscape, which will for the
basis for a review of the Climate Change Strategy 2020-30. 
Achieving the Council’s target of net zero by 2030 will require
further action in key areas. This includes building decarbonisation,
continuing progress in waste reduction and developing a delivery
model for natural capital enhancements. Groundwork in these
areas has been completed or is currently underway, including on
the Council’s Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy, natural
capital opportunities study, rooftop solar feasibility studies for
buildings and costing actions to inform the Climate Change
Strategy update in 2025. 
Significant opportunities lie ahead to make progress in these
areas, including through the Scottish Government’s £500m North
East Just Transition Fund. Success will require a combination of
strong leadership, collaboration across services, knowledge
building and adequate resourcing to realise these opportunities.
Executive Summary
Page 145

Page 146

1.1 Introduction 
Moray Council is committed to acting on the causes and impacts of
climate change. 
Since declaring a climate emergency in June 2019, the Council has
introduced a Climate Change Strategy with a target of reducing
direct emissions from council activities to net zero by 2030. This
Climate Change Plan and Routemap to Net Zero supports the
strategy, providing an annual update on progress, actions and will
inform the strategy update in 2025. 
The Council also declared a nature emergency in February 2023.
This recognises the value of nature and its role in achieving climate
targets, maintaining a strong economy and protecting the health
and wellbeing of future generations. The importance of using
nature-based solutions to climate change are well recognised, with
positive outcomes for both mitigation and adaptation1. 
2 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
1.2 Think global, act local 
The climate is changing faster than ever previously experienced.
Scientists agree that greenhouse gas emissions from human
activities are the main reason for global temperature increases
over the past 150 years2 (Figure 1). 
Urgent cutting of carbon emissions is needed to limit global
warming to 1.5°C. To achieve this, some argue that countries with
the highest emissions should take greater responsibility. However,
as Figure 2 illustrates, there is a responsibility on all nations to
contribute. The UK contributed the majority of global emissions
until the 1900s. 
Increased carbon dioxide in the
atmosphere also has a profound
impact on the health and wellbeing of
the population. There is approximately
1 excess death per 4,500 tCO2e
emitted3 and the impacts of climate
change will be felt disproportionately
by people on low incomes who have
contributed least to the increase in
greenhouse gas emissions4. 
1. Why we are taking climate action
1 Seddon et al. (2020) ‘Global recognition of the importance of nature-based
solutions to the impacts of climate change’.
2 IPCC (2021) Climate Change 2021: The Physical Science Basis.
3 Bressler (2021) ‘The mortality cost of carbon’. 
4 UK Government (2019) The Impacts of Climate Change.
Annual Moray 
carbon emissions 
of approximately
500,000 tCO2e 
= estimated 
111 excess deaths
per year3
Page 146

Page 147

Moray’s climate is no longer what it used to be. Weather patterns
are becoming increasingly erratic and sea levels are rising, with the
impacts already being felt. Extreme weather events such as
heatwaves, droughts and sudden heavy rainfall are increasing in
frequency. These changes are projected to continue and intensify
in the future. 
Climate impacts experienced elsewhere on Earth will also affect life
in Moray. For example, disruption to supply chains or higher costs
following drought in major food producing countries, or where
conflict arises over access to natural resources. 
Pressure on local services will increase due to climate change.
Impacts will include: 
Damage to infrastructure such as buildings, roads, railways and
power supplies; 
Damage to ecosystems, water supplies and agricultural
production; 
Disrupted food supply chains and increased costs; and 
Disproportionate health and economic effects on vulnerable
people. 
3Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 updatePage 147

Page 148

4 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Coastal flooding and erosion is a high risk in Moray due to rising sea
levels and storm surges leading to property damage, infrastructure
disruption and loss of habitable land. Storms and wildfires already
have a significant impact on Moray’s woodland resources. 
Climate change and biodiversity loss are inextricably linked. The
rapid loss of nature is both a result and driver of climate change.
Biodiversity loss will negatively impact our ability to adapt to a
changing climate, with implications for the Moray food and drink
sector, tourism sector, and overall health and wellbeing. 
The severity of future climate change depends on how fast we
reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Early and significant emissions
cuts can lessen the degree and impact of climate change. But past
and present global emissions have already set some effects in
motion, regardless of future reductions. 
The Council should prepare for a global temperature increase of
2°C, but also plan for a potential rise of up to 4°C by 2100. This is
because global carbon emission trajectories at present fall far short
of restricting average temperature rises to within safe limits, and
historical emissions will continue to have an impact long after we
have reached net zero. 
If targets continue to be missed, the quality of life that we know in
Moray today will no longer be recognisable to our descendants by
the end of this century. This will be due to the extreme
circumstances that they will be forced to live in. To reduce the
severity of these impacts, deep and urgent cuts to the carbon
emissions (mitigation) are necessary, alongside preparation for the
unavoidable impacts (adaptation). It is not possible to achieve this
within the confines of the Council’s budget alone. Funding
opportunities are currently and in future are likely to become
available to make progress in these areas.
Page 148

Page 149

1.3 Co-benefits of climate action 
Moray Council and its community planning partners play a vital
leadership role in driving the ambition and local collaboration
necessary to integrate climate action and a just transition into
planning and investment decisions5. 
Recognising that every council service has an impact on the
climate is necessary to deliver a sustainable future for Moray.
Ensuring that the Council’s budget of over £278 million is
strategically invested, and opportunities for external funding
maximised, presents co-benefits which support multiple demands
from communities and businesses. 
The wider benefits of climate action can include the creation of
green jobs, reduction of fuel poverty and energy costs, improved
public health from active travel and cleaner air, and enhanced
biodiversity due to the expansion and enhancement of green
spaces. 
Climate action supports the delivery of the Council’s corporate
priorities and vision, presenting opportunities to improve multiple
outcomes at once. Embedding climate action within services offers
a strategic and cost-effective way to overcome the challenges
identified in the corporate plan. 
5Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Early investment in climate change adaptation delivers strong
value for money. It has been found that most measures deliver £2
to £10 of net wider economic benefits locally for every £1 spent6. In
addition, around £9 in property damages and wider impacts can
be avoided. 
1.3.1 Tackling poverty and inequality 
The most vulnerable people in our communities are also most at
risk from climate impacts. Those with existing health conditions,
the elderly, the very young, and those on a low income or in rented
accommodation are all disproportionately affected by climate
change. 
Actions such as improving poor housing energy efficiency and
greenspaces can: 
√ Protect the most vulnerable
from climate impacts;
√ Reduce fuel poverty by
lowering bills and living costs;
√ Improve health and wellbeing;
√ Lead to healthier diets 
√ Reduce health and social care
costs; and
√ Increase productivity by
reduction in missed school and
workdays. 
5 Improvement Service (2023) Community Planning Improvement Board: Climate change and sustainability key messages.
6 UK National Audit Office (2022) ‘Climate change adaptation: the government’s role and progress’.
Page 149

Page 150

6 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
1.3.2 Building a stronger, greener, vibrant economy 
Promoting green skills to people from an early age, investing in low
carbon technologies and nature-based solutions in projects and
taking opportunities to develop local skills and industry in these
areas can: 
√ Increase demand and opportunities for green jobs and skills; 
√ Retain young people in Moray; 
√ Reverse biodiversity loss; 
√ Strengthen the Moray economy and build community wealth; 
√ Improve standards of living; 
√ Build resilience to climate change impacts such as flooding or
droughts; 
√ Reduce energy and maintenance bills; 
√ Reduce costs from severe weather damage; and 
√ Create new opportunities for Council revenue generation. 
Page 150

Page 151

1.3.3 Building thriving, resilient, empowered communities 
Being able to respond to climate impacts and benefit from the
opportunities through a just transition will require communities to
work together. 
Actions such as improving public transport, active travel, and
access to greenspace, facilitating resilience planning and green
grants can support: 
√ Strong, well-connected communities with enhanced job
prospects; 
√ Increased community wealth – keeping money in Moray; 
√ Reduced health costs; 
√ Improved physical and mental health; 
√ Community-led improvements; 
√ Public involvement in planning; 
√ Community income generation; and 
√ Less waste. 
7Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 updatePage 151

Page 152

1.4 Statutory obligations 
Moray Council has a statutory responsibility to undertake climate
change action. 
Scotland aims to reduce greenhouse gas emissions to reach net
zero by 2045. The Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009 places a
duty on all public bodies to act to deliver on the national climate
change targets. 
Under this legislation, Moray Council has three main duties: 
Mitigation: To contribute to reducing greenhouse gas
emissions 
Adaptation: To help Moray adapt to the changing climate 
Sustainability: To act in a sustainable manner. 
The Council must report on compliance with these duties annually
in accordance with the Climate Change (Duties of Public Bodies:
Reporting Requirements) (Scotland) Order 2015 and subsequent
amendments. 
8 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
The Council is required to provide the following information in
annual climate change reports: 
its target date for achieving zero direct emissions;
its targets for reducing indirect emissions; 
how its targets will align spending plans and use of resources to
contribute to reducing emissions; 
how it will publish progress to achieving emissions reduction
targets; and
what contribution it has made to helping deliver Scotland’s
Climate Change Adaptation Programme. 
National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4) considers carbon, climate
change and biodiversity by incorporating the national climate
change targets into the local planning system to promote
sustainable development. 
The Heat Networks (Scotland) Act 2021 aims to regulate and
support the development of heat networks. Heat networks
distribute heat from a central source to multiple buildings,
reducing the need for individual heating systems and promoting
energy efficiency. The council is required to undertake
assessments of the potential for heat networks in Moray and
develop plans to promote their use. 
The Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategies (Scotland) Order
2022 requires the council to develop plans to improve energy
efficiency and reduce carbon emissions in buildings across Moray,
to support the transition to net zero. 
Page 152

Page 153

The Nature Conservation (Scotland) Act 2004 aims to protect and
conserve biodiversity and natural habitats. It places a duty on the
council to consider biodiversity in its decision-making processes
and to promote the conservation of local habitats and species. 
The Transport (Scotland) Act 2019 aims to promote sustainable
transport and reduce greenhouse gas emissions from the
transport sector. It has provided the council with greater powers to
implement Low Emission Zones and improve active travel
infrastructure. 
9Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Figure 1. Global atmospheric carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration from 803,720
BCE to present day. Data from National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (2023).
Figure 2. Share of global cumulative carbon emissions since 1750. Data from Our
World In Data/Global Carbon Budget (2023).
Page 153

Page 154

The Council recognises that a considered approach is necessary
for successful climate action. To ensure the greatest impact from
our resources, climate action measures should be designed into all
services and budgets rather than considered in isolation. 
A dedicated team of climate change officers are responsible for
preparing, monitoring and implementing the Climate Change
Strategy. The scope of this team continues to grow as more
statutory duties are placed on the authority. The team also act as a
consultee and provide guidance on planning applications and
provide advice to support funding bids and delivery of Council and
Community Planning Partnership projects including Moray Growth
Deal, Elgin Town Board and the Levelling Up Fund. 
The Council’s declaration of a climate and nature emergency
places urgency on the pace and scope of all actions. The Climate
Change Strategy therefore sets out how the Council will respond to
the climate and nature emergencies, and its statutory duties. To
achieve this requires: 
1. Strong leadership
It is recommended that climate action is supported by elected
members and all of the Council’s managers. They lead by
example and are visibly involved in climate action initiatives,
and routinely engage in updates on the Council’s progress to
net zero. This outlines the importance of these actions to
employees and encourages them to get involved. 
10 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Climate change is reflected as priority in corporate and service
plans of the Council. 
It is recommended that all tier 1-3 managers and elected
members have completed climate and nature emergency
training, to improve understanding and encourage wider
participation. 
2. Sufficient resources
Implementation of projects is supported by sufficient
resources and staffing. Embedding actions within ongoing
transformation of services is essential to ensure that the
Council reduces costs and its impacts on the climate and
nature. 
3. Well-defined roles and responsibilities
It is regularly promoted that everyone at the Council has a
responsibility to act sustainably in the interests of the
organisation and the environment. 
A governance structure for climate action is included within the
Climate Change Strategy. The Climate Change Board meets
quarterly to review actions and progress is reported annually
to the Council via the Climate Change Plan and Routemap to
Net Zero. 
2. How we approach climate action
Page 154

Page 155

Two climate champions promote climate action within their
respective remits and ensure effective communication. The
Corporate Climate Change Champion is the Chief Executive,
and the Elected Climate Change Champion is chosen by
members. These individuals are briefed regularly by the
Council’s climate change officers and are invited to attend the
Climate Change Board. 
4. An empowering change culture
The Council fosters a culture that encourages and supports
innovative ideas for reducing emissions and wider impact on
the environment. 
It does so by regularly consulting with colleagues and
stakeholders and responding to their ideas. The Council
celebrates success and milestones achieved through annual
staff awards and the employee magazine, Connect. It is
recommended that climate change is an integral part of the
annual staff conference, where officers update staff on
progress and seek their feedback. 
5. Clear and transparent communication
Communications around climate and nature should be clear
and explain why action is being taken, to ensure
understanding and promote behaviour change. 
Elected members, staff and stakeholders are kept informed
about the Council’s progress on climate action, including any
challenges, through the annual Climate Change Plan and
Routemap to Net Zero update.
11Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
6. Knowledge and expertise
In addition to its climate change officers, the Council
recognises the importance of upskilling to achieve its targets.
Training and development opportunities are created and
provided for employees and elected members on the climate
and nature emergency. 
The Council works closely with academic institutions such as
UHI and industry bodies to leverage their expertise and
knowledge. 
7. Robust targets, measurement and evaluation
The Council’s targets are measurable and recording
mechanisms transparent and improved over time. Where there
is uncertainty, assumptions backed by expertise will be made
and stated clearly to avoid understating the Council’s climate
and nature impacts. 
Reports should be candid in their evaluation of activities to
provide opportunities for continuous improvement and
learning by the Council and the wider community. 
Page 155

Page 156

2.1 How we define net zero 
Net zero means cutting greenhouse gas emissions to as
close to zero as possible, with any remaining emissions
re-absorbed from the atmosphere – for example, by
oceans and forests7. 
Emissions originate from sources directly within the
Council’s control (Scope 1), or where it is the direct user of a
good or service (Scope 2), e.g. fleet vehicle emissions and
grid electricity use. The Council’s target for net zero is to
reduce direct operating emissions of the council to net zero
by 2030. 
Other emissions originate from sources where the council
has an interest but no direct control (Scope 3), e.g.
procurement of food for school catering. Calculating these
emissions involves a greater level of uncertainty: both in the
emissions themselves, and the level of responsibility for
them. 
The Council has a statutory duty to report on all Scope 1 and
2 emissions, and all Scope 3 emissions from “relevant and
significant areas of the organisation’s indirect emissions”
greater than 1% of total organisational emissions. Figure 3
provides an overview of all emission scopes. 
12 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
7 United Nations (2023) What is net zero?
Figure 3. Emissions scope classification for Moray Council activities.
Page 156

Page 157

2.2 Setting our targets 
The Council’s targets include direct and indirect emissions. They: 
Are clear on what is included in the scope of the Council’s
emissions;
Cover all Scope 1 and 2 emissions and appropriate areas of
Scope 3 emissions (e.g. municipal waste);
Have interim reduction targets at set periods that align to the
Scottish Government targets; and
Reduce residual emissions to as low a level as possible and set
out how carbon sequestration methods will be used to achieve
net zero emissions. 
13Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
The Council uses a carbon management hierarchy approach to
prioritise its targets and necessary actions (Figure 4). This approach
prioritises the avoidance of carbon emissions to deliver lasting
change. Where avoidance of emissions is not possible then they
should be reduced through service efficiencies or redesign.
Removal of emissions is required where further reductions cannot
be achieved. 
Figure 4. Moray Council carbon management hierarchy.
Page 157

Page 158

Offsetting ‘unavoidable’ emissions through offsetting schemes
should be considered as a last resort in target setting. Offsetting
significant levels of carbon is discouraged as large-scale offsets are
not sustainable and guidance makes clear that public bodies are
required to reduce emissions as much as possible before
considering offsets. 
For example, actions might look like: 
AVOID: Redesign services to enable smarter working. 
REDUCE: Reduce energy through smart timing solutions or
motion sensors.
REPLACE: Decarbonisation of the Council’s fleet.
OFFSET: Plant an area of woodland to offset unavoidable
emissions. 
2.3 Baselining our emissions 
Calculating a baseline of emissions helps to determine the level of
intervention needed to achieve net zero carbon emissions, and to
allow progress to be monitored. 
The Council’s carbon emissions from 2017/18 are used as a
baseline for emissions (Table 1). This year was chosen as it was the
earliest year that had a comprehensive return of emissions to the
Scottish Government. 
It should be noted that as these data are from prior to the COVID-
19 pandemic, operational emissions were minimal as most staff
worked from an office base and home working emissions were not
being recorded. The first time that the Council recorded
homeworking emissions was during the pandemic.
14 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 updatePage 158

Page 159

Table 1. Moray Council 2017/18 baseline carbon emissions.
15Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Building heat 
Building
electricity 
Emission source by area
and source
4,077.9
1,034.1
34.7
15.4
Subtotal - 5,162.1 
1,122.0 
1,177.3
1,685.5
523.8
358.5
145.7 
249.6
346.2
611.0
Subtotal - 6,219.6
Natural gas                             
Gas oil                                     
Biomass                                  
Purchased heat and steam 
Primary schools and
nurseries                                
Secondary schools                
Unmetered electricity          
Offices                                     
Community facilities             
Residential homes and day
centres                                    
Sports facilities                      
Industrial                                
Other
Carbon emissions
(tCO2e) Transport 
Waste 
Operational
emissions
Emission source by area
and source
3,591.5
27.5
776.6
0.0
0.0
68.2
Subtotal - 4,463.8 
0.0
9,130.3
2,048.7 
387.2
Subtotal - 11,566.2 
72.1
0.0
125.8 
394.8
Subtotal - 592.7
TOTAL - 28,004.4
Diesel                                      
Petrol                                      
Gas oil                                     
Electric vehicles                     
Hybrid vehicles                      
Marine fuel oil 
Landfill gas                             
Municipal refuse to landfill  
Commercial, industrial and
clinical waste to landfill        
Recycling and composting 
Outdoor spaces                     
Homeworking emissions     
Water supply and
treatment                               
Corporate travel                   
Carbon emissions
(tCO2e)
Page 159

Page 160

16 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
3. Our climate action progress
The following milestones have been adopted by Moray Council in response to the wider commitments set by the
Scottish Government for Scotland and the public sector.
From 2021 Moray Council
implements its Climate Change
Strategy with the goal to be net
zero by 2030
Public bodies tasked with
embedding climate change
and circular economy
principles in procurement
strategies and 
reporting
2022 Public
bodies 
have to report
target date for
zero direct
emissions and
for reducing
indirect
emissions.
2025 Council decision point to
reassess commitment to 2030 net
zero target
Updated Climate Change Strategy
due for publication
New petrol and diesel light
commercial vehicles phased out of
Scottish public bodies’
procurement Scotland-wide ban
on landfilling biodegradable
municipal waste
2030 Moray Council target to
be net zero
New petrol and diesel large
commercial vehicles phased
out of Scottish public bodies’
procurement
Scotland and international
goals to halt and reverse
biodiversity loss
Scotland goal to restore and
regenerate biodiversity
2038 Scotland has zero
direct emissions from
public buildings
2045 Scotland
target to be
net zero
2023
2022
2030
2045
2038
2021
2025
2023 Moray
Council diverts all
waste from landfill
to energy from waste
facility.
2024 Moray Council agrees
draft Local Heat and Energy
Efficiency Strategy and
commits to developing a
natural capital
enhancements delivery
model.
Work commences to cost
interventions to inform
review of the Climate Change
Strategy.
Page 160

Page 161

The way that the Council conducts its work and manages its assets
all has an impact on the climate and nature. Every service has a
responsibility to reduce this impact. 
If progress is to be made on the Council’s targets, it must consider
what it is doing and how it is doing it. Within that, the Council
should also reflect on the lessons that it can learn from examples
of good progress and how these can be applied to future action. 
17Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 updatePage 161

Page 162

18 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
3.1.1 Overview 
The Council’s property portfolio comprises a range of buildings
including offices, schools, libraries, sports facilities and depots.
These buildings vary in age, size, energy efficiency and condition. 
Most of the Council’s buildings are heated by natural gas or gas oil.
However, there are some sites where biomass has been installed. 
Building electricity is drawn from the national grid. A small
minority of buildings have been fitted with solar PV panels.
Electricity use also includes street lighting and safety floodlighting. 
There are a series of national phased targets for all publicly owned
buildings to meet zero emission heating requirements, with a
backstop of 2038. 
To enable this, support is being provided by the Scottish
Government via the: 
Scottish Government Heat Network Support Unit Grant
Scottish Public Sector Energy Efficiency Loan Scheme
Scottish Central Government Energy Efficiency Grant Scheme 
3.1   Building heat and electricity
Page 162

Page 163

3.1.2 Current emissions 
Emissions from the Council’s buildings are split into two categories:
building heat and building electricity. 
Building electricity emissions currently represent 11% of our
overall emissions. As shown in Figure 5, building electricity
emissions have decreased by 66% from our baseline. This is due to
a greener national grid and reduced electricity consumption
through efficiency programmes such as those in Case Study 1. 
Further significant emissions reduction is achievable in this area
with strategic investment (spend-to-save basis) – particularly
through widespread adoption of roof-mounted solar PV panels. 
19Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Building heat emissions currently represent 24% of the Council’s
overall emissions. 
Whilst use of gas oil and purchased heat and steam has decreased
over the baseline period, Figure 5 illustrates a continued reliance in
the most recent reporting period on natural gas and gas oil for
building heat. This is largely due to a return to ‘business as usual’
working practices following the marked decrease in these emissions
during the Covid-19 pandemic working restrictions, as well as
decisions made to continue use of gas boilers on cost grounds.
Figure 5. Building heat and electricity emissions from baseline to present.
Page 163

Page 164

Case study 1:  Pilmuir Nursery 
Pilmuir Nursery, a
large nursery built
in 2020,
demonstrates how
modern design
principles can
contribute to
emissions
reduction. 
The nursery uses an Air Source Heat Pump (ASHP) for heating.
This uses renewable energy from the ambient air, resulting in
at least three times the efficiency of conventional gas or oil
boilers. This shift translates to a significant reduction in CO2
emissions. 
Rooftop solar PV panels generate around 2,500 kWh of clean
electricity per year. This offsets the energy costs of the ASHP
and the entire nursery, reducing reliance on the grid and
saving an estimated 480 kgCO2e each year. 
Pilmuir Nursery serves as a successful example of how
sustainable design can be effectively integrated into council
buildings. By prioritising energy efficiency and renewable
energy generation, the nursery demonstrates a cost-effective
and sustainable building solution. 
20 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
3.1.3 Action areas 
Increasing building user awareness of
ways to reduce energy use and save
utility costs
Curtailing building opening times
Progress a ‘fabric first’ approach to
building design
Identifying opportunities for heating
and power refurbishment in the
learning estate
Promoting Smarter Working 
Feasibility studies to consider
renewable energy potential across the
Council’s property portfolio, and
potential for connect to a heat network
Installing renewable energy
technologies on council-owned
buildings and land
Replacement of carbon-based heating
systems 
Aim to achieve zero carbon standards
for all new buildings, including housing
and schools
Achieve Energy Efficiency Standard for
Social Housing (EESSH) for all council
housing
Reduced heat
and electricity
consumption 
More energy
produced by
renewables and
low carbon
sources 
Reduced
building carbon
output and
increased
energy
efficiency
Outcomes Actions include:
Page 164

Page 165

3.2.1 Overview 
The Council’s fleet is used by employees to conduct council
business and deliver services for the people of Moray. It comprises
over 500 cars, vans, buses, trucks, specialist vehicles and vessels. 
Most of the fleet runs on diesel or gas oil fuel. Marine fuel oil is
currently used in council vessels. Petrol is used for open spaces
machinery. 
There are currently a series of national targets in relation to public
sector transport fleets: 
All fossil fuel cars to be replaced by zero emission alternatives
by 2025 
No purchases of fossil fuel powered light commercial vehicles
(under 3.5 tonnes) after 2025, with remaining vehicles phased
out by 2030 
Phase out heavy-duty vehicles by 2040 
21Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Case study 2: Bus Revolution 
The Bus Revolution
project launched in
May 2023 with a
goal of reducing
the environmental
impact of transport
in Moray by 30
tCO2e by 2030. 
Bus Revolution leverages existing public transport expertise to
tackle a critical need: connecting residents in rural Moray to
essential services like work, education, and leisure. This
innovative project offers a flexible, on-demand service
accessible through a user-friendly app. 
In the first 6 months of service, the project's electric vehicles
saved consumption of an estimated 3,400 litres of diesel and
8.5 tCO2e. With the carbon cost of electricity included, this
resulted in direct emission savings of 7.6 tCO2e, exceeding the
project's annual carbon saving target of 4.3 tCO2e. 
Bus Revolution represents a transformation in rural mobility,
offering freedom and opportunity while promoting
sustainability.
3.2   Transport
Page 165

Page 166

3.2.2 Current emissions 
Emissions from the Council’s fleet are mostly from the use of
diesel (Figure 6). 
In the most recent reporting period, there has been a rise in
emissions from diesel use (Figure 7). This is largely due to a
continued return to ‘business as usual’ working practices following
the COVID-19 pandemic working restrictions. 
Fossil fuel cars in Moray will not all be replaced by the national
target of 2025, owing to decisions taken recently by the Council
due to immature technology and funding constraints. Subject to
decisions on funding and infrastructure, it is possible that no
purchases of fossil fuel powered light commercial vehicles (under
3.5 tonnes) will occur after 2025, with remaining vehicles phased
out by 2030. 
The Zero Emission Fleet Replacement Strategy details the Council’s
plans to decarbonise the remainder of the fleet in line with the
Scottish Government’s net zero targets. 
22 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Figure 6. Breakdown of Moray Council transport emissions 2022-23.
Figure 7. Transport emissions from baseline date to present.
Page 166

Page 167

Outcomes Actions include:
3.2.3 Action areas
23Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Decarbonised
council fleet 
Increased
awareness of
actions and
opportunities to
reduce emissions 
Facilitating
emissions
reduction
Displacing fossil fuel powered vehicles
and plant with ULEV alternatives 
Developing and promoting staff travel
plans
Delivering and promoting active travel
to school campaigns
Developing a calendar of sustainable
events 
Developing strategy and guidance for
provision of public EV charging
facilities in Moray
Organising bicycle maintenance
sessions and led rides for staff
Parking management around schools
and supporting modal shift from
vehicles to active travel
Page 167

Page 168

3.3.1 Overview 
Waste is collected across Moray from households and commercial
organisations. The Council is in the process of closing its landfill
site at Nether Dallachy which now handles a small volume of
commercial and industrial waste. From May 2023, the Council
diverted its municipal waste from landfill to a new energy from
waste facility (Case Study 2). 
Disposing of waste within landfill is the worst option for the
environment and leads to significant carbon emissions. It should
be the last resort for waste disposal (Figure 8). Prioritising the
waste management hierarchy is crucial for further reduction in
waste emissions. This means encouraging and implementing
initiatives which promote waste prevention, reuse and recycling
wherever possible. 
There are several national targets in relation to waste
management:
Minimum recycling from all sources to be 70% by 2025
Maximum of 5% of all waste sent to landfill by 2025
33% reduction in food waste by 2025
24 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Case study 2: NESS Energy from Waste facility 
Despite the Council’s efforts to reduce residual waste through
minimisation campaigns, recycling,
composting and use of other treatments, a
substantial quantity of residual waste that is
generated will still need to be collected and
cannot be landfilled anymore. 
The NESS Energy from Waste facility, a
collaboration between Aberdeen City,
Aberdeenshire and Moray Councils, opened in
April 2024 and diverts non-recyclable waste from landfill and
transforms it into clean energy. 
This state-of-the-art plant processes 150,000 tonnes of waste
annually, generating electricity for the national grid and heat
for a local district heating network. 
Diverting this residual waste from landfill to this facility will
reduce the Council’s waste emissions by around 95%. 
Leader of Moray Council, Councillor Kathleen Robertson, said: 
“The opening of this facility couldn’t come at a better time and
ensures that we not only meet our legislative obligations but
will ensure that value, in terms of heat and electricity, is
extracted from our waste. 
“As a high performing recycling authority, we’re pleased we
have a modern facility that will serve the residents of Moray,
and our partner authorities, for decades to come.”
3.3   Waste
Figure 8. Scotland’s
waste management
hierarchy (Scottish
Government 2015)
Page 168

Page 169

Outcomes Actions include:
3.3.2 Current emissions 
Moray recorded the highest recycling rate across all local
authorties in Scotland during 2022. The Council’s waste operations
are undergoing a significant transformation. While currently
responsible for 97% of all waste emissions (Figure 9), a switch to
energy from waste technology will lead to a significant reduction in
the next reporting year. 
Beyond existing landfill emissions, further emissions result from
the processes involved in recycling and composting waste. The
ongoing production of landfill gas at Nether Dallachy results in a
negligible level of annual emissions. 
25Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
3.3.3 Action areas 
Reduced
emissions from
non-recyclable
waste 
Reduction in
residual waste
Diverting non-recyclable waste to NESS
energy from waste facility in Aberdeen 
Working with Zero Waste Scotland and
third sector partners to progress
projects to reduce waste through re-
use and recycling
Carrying out education on recycling
and waste reduction to improve
sustainability awareness and recycling
in schools and across council buildings
Continue to drive participation in
kirbside recycling including green waste
through promotion and increased sales
of the green waste permit
Supporting creation and promotion of
a Community Identified Benefits Portal,
facilitating collaborative relationships
between local construction
firms/developers and circular economy
initiatives
Improving recycling and food
composting facilities in schools
Figure 9. Waste emissions from baseline date to present.
Page 169

Page 170

3.4.1 Overview 
Operating emissions result from the day-to-day work of the
Council. These include an annually estimated carbon emissions
impact for employees working from home, commuting, electricity
use in outdoor spaces, the use and treatment of water, and
corporate travel. 
3.4.2 Current emissions 
The Council’s operating emissions have marginally increased over
the past year (Figure 10). 
Homeworking emissions were first required to be recorded in
2020/21, and since 2022/23 have also included staff commuting
emissions. 
Emissions from electricity use in outdoor spaces have followed a
decreasing trend in recent years owing to ongoing decarbonisation
programmes such as those in Case Study 3. 
26 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Case study 3:  LED street lighting programme 
The Council’s
street lighting
spend-to-save
programme saw
the replacement
of approximately
17,600 lamps
across Moray
with LED
alternatives. 
The typical
lifespan of an LED street light is estimated to around 25 years. 
By comparison, traditional lamps last 4-5 years, resulting in
more costly maintenance regime requirements. 
The programme has resulted in energy use reductions of
almost 70%, as well as a reduction in light pollution across the
Moray region. 
3.4   Operating Emissions
Figure 10. Operating emissions from baseline date to present.
Page 170

Page 171

3.4.3 Action areas 
27Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Outcomes Actions include:
Supporting homeworkers to reduce
their emissions through relevant advice
and practical assistance
Introducing an ultra-low emission
vehicle (ULEV) salary sacrifice scheme
for employees
Promoting Smarter Working
Increasing use of the cloud to reduce
server network and electricity
consumption
Continue to make school meals more
sustainable with a reduced carbon
impact
Developing and promoting more
vegetarian and vegan food options 
Developing and delivering climate and
nature emergency training for staff and
elected members
Updating climate change awareness
training as part of the employee
induction process
Increasing opportunities for ‘Learning
for Sustainability’ within the school
curriculum
Reduced
emissions from
operational
actions 
Increased
awareness of
actions and
opportunities to
reduce
emissions
Outcomes Actions include:
Applying zero and low carbon
objectives as a factor in all investment
decisions in relation to budgets and the
Capital Plan
Ensuring the Climate Change Strategy
and Action Plan are living documents
and remain fresh and valid until 2030
Assessing climate change and
biodiversity impacts as part of all
reports to committee
Supporting the development of
knowledge and skills to promote
innovation and effective carbon
management across departments
Supporting opportunities for teachers
and pupils to access and share
knowledge/resources to progress
climate change work
Page 171

Page 172

3.5.1 Overview 
Around a third of the country’s emissions are dependent on
sectors that are directly shaped or influenced by local authority
practices, policy or partnerships8. It is to this end that procurement
performs such a key role in reducing national climate impact. 
28 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
procurement and community wealth building, as well as
advisers from Business Gateway. Existing suppliers were on
hand to share their experience of supplying the council. 
Suppliers liked that they could come to talk with relevant
officers and obtain information before deciding whether to
proceed with the tender process. It was an excellent
opportunity for officers to handle any concerns or
misconceptions about the process at an early stage. 
Feedback from attendees was very positive. Three local
butchers went on to join the tender process, and one
purchased an electric van. 
3.5   Procurement and Investment
8 UK Climate Change Committee (2020) ‘Local authorities and the sixth carbon
budget’.
Case study 4:  Food for Moray supplier
engagement event 
The Food for Moray
event invited any
business interested in
supplying fresh meat,
fruit and veg and
bakery products to
schools to learn more
about the process and
gain advice from the
teams involved. 
Suppliers spoke with relevant officers to find out about the
criteria for supplying schools, how they can operate more
sustainably and evidence this in their bids. The event was
attended by officers from catering, climate change,
Procurement of goods and services with the Council amounts to
some £140 million annually. The Council therefore has a significant
influence locally and regionally on climate change through
procurement. 
The Procurement Reform (Scotland) Act 2014 introduced a
sustainable procurement duty for local authorities. This requires
that before the Council buys anything, it must think about: 
how it can improve the social, environmental and economic
wellbeing of Moray, with a particular focus on reducing
inequality
how its procurement processes can facilitate the involvement of
SMEs, third sector bodies and supported business
how public procurement can be used to promote innovation 
Page 172

Page 173

Outcomes Actions include:
Climate change and procurement officers have worked to develop
a simple process for suppliers to evidence their carbon reduction
actions when bidding for smaller contracts. 
The Council has also developed Sustainable Procurement
Guidance and an associated training module and embedded this
within the tender process to reflect the priorities and actions of the
Climate Change Strategy. 
3.5.2 Action areas 
29Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Support
suppliers to
reduce their
climate impact 
Maximise
opportunities
for climate
action through
procurement
Developing a simple process for
suppliers to evidence their carbon
reduction actions when bidding for
smaller contracts
Developing an action plan for raising
awareness to local business of new
opportunities created through the
Scottish Government’s Just Transition
approach, following approval of the
Community Wealth Building Strategy 
Continuing to develop the non-cash
benefits available through procurement
Implementing updates into the
procurement process
Developing sustainable procurement
guidance and updating modules as
appropriate
Supporting and informing departmental
lead officers through the sustainable
procurement process
Page 173

Page 174

3.6.2 Current activity - internal 
The Council’s latest biodiversity duty report was published in
December 2023, highlighting continued improvements in
managing council land positively for nature. Key actions from the
past year have been:   
Five new wildflower / living lawn sites added, and condition
surveys for all wild flower sites completed with
recommendations for improved management; 
Invasive non-native tree removal in the Oakwood Site of Special
Scientific Interest; 
Replacing even aged spruce with mixed native trees at Millbuies
woodland and loch; and 
Reducing the use of herbicides in parks by almost half, allowing
grass to grow longer and flowering plants to be present in some
areas. 
Most of the Council’s land is not being managed with biodiversity
as primary objective. This currently includes most park land,
roadside verges, school playgrounds, and smaller spaces around
buildings. 
3.6.1 Overview 
The Council has a duty to further the conservation of biodiversity
when carrying out its work. 
Many of the Council’s activities have the potential to drive
biodiversity loss or nature recovery. These include discharging
responsibility as Planning Authority through application of policy,
as a landowner by how the estate is managed, and as Education
Authority through how young people are connected with nature.
The Council’s biodiversity duty should be exercised through all
these responsibilities to support the national target to restore and
reverse biodiversity loss by 2045. 
Enhancing biodiversity can also sequester carbon through well-
managed soil and vegetation, thereby reducing net emissions
(Figure 12). 
The Scottish Biodiversity Strategy recognises the key role that
local authorities must play in delivering nature recovery with broad
national targets for Scotland to halt and reverse nature loss by
2030, and to restore and regenerate biodiversity by 2045. 
NPF4 places the climate and nature crises at the centre of planning
policy, in addition to rebalancing planning policy to ensure that
positive effects for biodiversity are secured. Significant weight is to
be given to the climate and nature crises in all development
decisions, so that biodiversity is enhanced, and nature networks
strengthened. The policies also promote the use of nature-based
solutions. 
30 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
3.6   Nature and carbon sequestration
Page 174

Page 175

31Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
3.6.2 Current activity – Moray area and Council influence 
Developments of every size are required to enhance biodiversity
and should also use nature-based-solutions where possible. With
planning permission granted for over 12,000 units each year in
Moray, this presents a significant opportunity to secure positive
effects for nature. 
The Council’s quality audit process has highlighted that while some
protective measures are working as they should be, there is
evidence of a lack of site-specific biodiversity improvements across
development sites, particularly in smaller housing developments. 
A biodiversity study was completed during 2023 to inform the next
LDP, reviewing the Council’s current policies against NPF4 and
highlighting important species, habitats and ecological links across
Moray. This also provided a foundation for the development of a
Moray Nature Network, which is now being mapped. The nature
network will address nature recovery on a landscape scale.  
The Council’s new Woodland and Forestry Strategy highlights
opportunities for climate mitigation and adaptation alongside
nature recovery. The strategy will help to guide new woodland
creation as well as to encourage more urban tree cover and skills
development to support this growing sector. 
Studies to identify natural capital enhancement opportunities
which could enable carbon sequestration on council land and
across Moray were presented to Council in spring 2024. Council
agreed that the opportunities be progressed as part of the next
LDP and through a suitable project delivery model yet to be
agreed.
Page 175

Page 176

32 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Case study 5: Millbuies woodland
restructuring 
Major forestry
operations were
undertaken at
Millbuies
woodland and
loch with the aim
of improving
biodiversity and
climate
resilience. 
A large area of
even aged non-native conifers were planted between 1960
and 1990 and while they provide some refuge for wildlife
this is very limited compared to a more diverse native
woodland composition. 
The devastating rate of biodiversity loss evidenced over the
last 25 years, combined with increased frequency and
severity of storm damage, risk of pests and diseases on
woodland motivated urgent action to be taken. 
9,750 mixed native trees have now been replanted across
3.6 hectares to the south of the loch, including Scots pine,
oak and silver birch. This diverse mix will soon create a much
healthier ecosystem and will be managed with low
intervention and cost in the future. 
Outcomes Actions include:
Maximise
opportunities to
sequester carbon
within existing
council assets 
Contribute to
halting and
restoring nature
loss
Progress and monitor carbon
sequestration opportunities on council
land holdings, beginning with the
development of a suitable delivery
model 
Deliver the direct grant from Scottish
Government’s Nature Restoration Fund
and increase nature positive
management of council land 
Promote and support developments to
be nature positive through the planning
process 
Work with partners, including NESBiP
and Moray CAN, to progress
biodiversity actions at the local level
and support the development of Nature
Networks
3.6.3 Action areas 
Page 176

Page 177

33Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Figure 11. Nature based solutions to climate change
(based on content from Improvement Service
2021).
Improving health
and wellbeing
and reducing
health
inequalities
Building stronger
and more
resilient
communities
Nurturing our
young people
Preventing the
loss of
biodiversity and
protecting our
natural capital
Reducing carbon
emissions and
storing carbon
safely
Adapting to the
impacts of
climate change
Supporting a
Green Recovery
and Just
Transition
Page 177

Page 178

Overview 
The Council has a statutory obligation within its annual Public
Bodies Climate Change Duties reporting to record how it is
contributing to Scotland’s Adaptation Programme. 
There is also a statutory duty to carry out actions to adapt to the
impacts of climate change. 
The key outcomes that the Council is required to contribute to
include: 
Outcome 1: Our communities are inclusive, empowered,
resilient and safe in response to the changing climate. 
Outcome 3: Our inclusive and sustainable economy is flexible,
adaptable and responsive to the changing climate. 
Outcome 5: Our natural environment is valued, enjoyed,
protected and enhanced and has increased resilience to climate
change. 
NPF4 identifies the Scottish adaptation programme as a cross-
cutting policy link, requiring LDPs to adapt to the current and
future risks of climate change by promoting nature recovery and
restoration in Moray and introducing policy requirements which
ensure that developments consider and take steps to address a
range of climate risks. 
34 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
3.7   Adaptation
Page 178

Page 179

35Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
The Civil Contingencies Act (2004) requires the Council to assess
the risk of emergencies occurring and maintain plans to ensure
that services continue to be delivered in the event of an
emergency. Severe weather and climate change are linked to
emergencies that may result in wide impacts ranging from serious
environmental damage to loss of life. 
Under the Flood Risk Management (Scotland) Act 2009, the
Council has a statutory duty to implement and maintain flood
protection actions and prepare local flood risk management plans.
The Council is the lead authority for the Findhorn, Nairn and
Speyside Local Plan District and works with partners to deliver the
plan. 
Page 179

Page 180

Current activity 
A climate change adaptation benchmarking process was
undertaken over the past year, which involved collating council
activity which contributes to the Scottish adaptation programme. 
While the Council is a national leader in our approach to coastal
change and has robust flood risk management plans in place, very
little consideration has been given to how the wide range of
impacts of climate will affect the organisation and services it
delivers. The benchmarking process itself has begun to raise
awareness and understanding, alongside the climate change
training programme. 
The Scottish Government’s guidance outlines the need for flexible
measures to be taken to adapt to climate change risks to critical
infrastructure. The Council has supported the establishment of 14
Community Resilience Groups and draft plans are now in place for
Lossiemouth, Forres, Keith, Elgin, Portgordon, Buckie and Aberlour. 
Moray is covered by Regional and Local Flood Risk Management
Plans that identify vulnerabilities and actions in place to address
risks. The plans follow a 6-year cycle, prioritising actions with the
local plans detailing the responsible body, timescales and funding
for these actions.   
An innovative pathway approach is now in place for Moray’s
coastline. The Regional Coastal Change Adaptation Plan and ten
local plans will enable the council to plan for, and react to,
different scenarios as they are triggered. Collaborative working
across services will ensure that the coastal plans links with wider
adaptation plans and how services can be delivered while
considering possible climate change impacts. 
36 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 updatePage 180

Page 181

3.8.1 Overview 
Many of the Council’s statutory duties are related to reducing
greenhouse gas emissions in the wider Moray area. This includes
actions such as supporting energy efficiency improvements in
homes, active travel and green training as part of a just transition
away from fossil fuels. 
While this will not reduce the Council’s direct carbon footprint, the
Climate Change Strategy also seeks to reduce carbon emissions
across Moray by demonstrating leadership and good practice. 
The leadership role of local authorities is reflected in the Scottish
Public Engagement Strategy for Climate Change, to support the
wider area to understand, participate and act on climate change.
This includes being prepared for the impacts of climate change,
and several of the Council’s responsibilities to the wider area cross
over with the duty to support delivery of the Scottish National
Adaptation Programme. In delivering the Biodiversity Duty, the
Council must also aim to engage the wider community with nature
alongside embedding nature conservation in service delivery. 
Engaging with the community is essential to understand local
concerns and bring about necessary change. A collaborative
approach can lead to more effective policies, behavioural changes,
enhanced community resilience and a reduction in climate change
impacts. 
37Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
3.8.2 Current activity 
The Council has produced its first draft Local Heat and Energy
Efficiency Strategy (LHEES). This strategy is crucial for communities
as it aims to provide affordable and sustainable heating solutions,
reduce energy consumption and alleviate fuel poverty. LHEES can
help to create jobs in the green sector, improve health and
wellbeing, and contribute to achieving net zero – thus ultimately
benefitting the local economy and wider environment. 
NPF4 will help to guide the location of new housing, transport links
and infrastructure, ensuring that communities have access to the
services they need whilst enhancing the environment and meeting
net zero targets. 
NPF4 introduces the concept of Local Place Plans (LPPs) which are
community-led plans that provide a framework for shaping the
future of local places. LPPs are an essential tool for engaging with
communities and fostering local democracy, ensuring that Moray’s
towns and villages are designed with the people who live there in
mind. 
The Council’s Hydrogen Strategy seeks to encourage a local supply
chain for hydrogen production and use, providing job
opportunities and economic benefits for the region. Using green
hydrogen as a fuel for transport, heating and industrial processes
it likely to be essential for cutting Moray’s regional carbon
emissions (Case Study 6). 
3.8   External influence
Page 181

Page 182

Moray Climate Action Network (Moray CAN), which is hosted by
tsiMORAY, is a collaborative initiative funded by the Scottish
Government as a designated climate hub. The network facilitates
knowledge exchange, project collaboration, and commissioning
opportunities, aiming to address gaps in climate action and build
upon existing efforts within the community. 
The Council is a member of Moray CAN and contributes support
and expertise as well as benefitting from taking a collaborative
approach to climate engagement. In 2023-24 Moray CAN
distributed £25,900 in community grants to 19 projects that
delivered action on climate change, community wellbeing and
sustainability. 
38 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Case study 6: Moray hydrogen stakeholder
workshop 
Over 100 representatives from 75 organisations convened at a
two-day workshop in Elgin to explore opportunities in the
hydrogen sector. The now annual event, co-organised by
Hydrogen Scotland, Moray Council and HIE, highlighted
Moray's potential for green hydrogen production. 
The Council’s Hydrogen Strategy aims to leverage the region's
abundant renewable resources to produce clean hydrogen by
creating a local supply chain.  Discussions at the workshop
explored how this green hydrogen can be used by local
industries, particularly distilleries seeking to decarbonise their
operations. 
By fostering collaboration between public and private sectors,
and through production of its regional hydrogen strategy, the
Council has been successful in having Moray recognised by the
Scottish Government as a ‘hydrogen hub’ within its strategic
plans. This will not only benefit the environment, but also
create economic opportunities in green hydrogen production,
storage, and distribution. 
Page 182

Page 183

Outcomes Actions include:
3.8.2 Action areas 
39Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Develop skills
and the
economy 
Enabling the
community to
understand and
take action on
climate change 
Increasing provision of relevant skills
and knowledge for a greener economy
to support delivery of the Moray
Apprenticeship Strategy
Supporting the planning and delivery of
awareness raising events for businesses
to transition to a green economy
Joining support networks to assist the
progress of climate change action 
Consulting community groups and
residents about climate action and
delivering the Moray Climate Change
Engagement Strategy
Supporting the work of Moray CAN
Engaging with communities to facilitate
renewable energy projects
Promoting Moray-specific climate
emergency training for community
groups and organisations 
Promoting the Active Travel Strategy
Delivering the LHEES programme
Continuing the Energy Efficiency
Scotland: Area Based Scheme 
(EES: ABS)
Delivering the Moray Hydrogen Strategy 
Outcomes Actions include:
Implementing NPF4 policies relating to
the climate and nature crises.
Updated the Council’s Climate Change
Strategy and contributing to a Moray-
wide climate strategy
Developing a Regional Spatial Strategy
Delivering the new Forest and
Woodland Strategy, Food Growing
Strategy and Open Space Strategy
Developing 20-minute neighbourhood
concepts for Moray’s main towns and
embedding within the next Local
Development Plan
Promoting and supporting brownfield
over greenfield development
Providing sustainability guidance to
support Moray Growth Deal projects
Implementing and reviewing carbon
guidance for planning applications in
line with NPF4
Monitoring and reporting of area-wide
carbon emissions and actions
Strategic
planning which
reflects the
climate and
nature
emergency 
Page 183

Page 184

4.1 Reducing carbon emissions 
The Council currently faces a significant challenge in
meeting its carbon reduction targets, both locally and
nationally. Existing efforts will need to be coupled with
further action if the 2030 net zero target is to be met. 
The current pathway of recorded emissions is a projection created
using the baseline and other known emissions data. It shows how
recorded emissions may change over time when considering the
Council’s pre-planned actions. Only activities which are highly likely
are accounted for within this projection. 
This pathway highlights the increase in emissions as a result of the
Council’s services returning towards a ‘business as usual’ approach
following the pandemic. Notwithstanding that, the overall trend
remains that emissions continue to reduce from the baseline value
to a level where a carbon sequestration scheme may be used to
offset any remaining emissions in the future (Figure 12). In this
figure, annual emissions are divided into five categories (Table 2). 
40 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
4. Where are we going
Category 
Operating
emissions 
Waste 
Building
electricity 
Transport 
Building
heat
Description 
Emissions generated by the council through its
day-to-day work. These consist of emissions
that the council can control and influence.
These are recorded in the annual greenhouse
gas emissions reporting. 
Emissions from dealing with municipal and
industrial-level waste. These are recorded in
the annual greenhouse gas emissions
reporting. 
Emissions from electricity use in council
buildings. These are recorded in the annual
greenhouse gas emissions reporting. 
Emissions from the operation of the Council’s
fleet vehicles and vessels. These are recorded
in the annual greenhouse gas emissions
reporting. 
Emissions from heating of council buildings.
These are recorded in the annual greenhouse
gas emissions reporting.
Table 2. Explanation of emissions categories used in carbon emission reporting. 
Page 184

Page 185

The current pathway aims to find a compromise between speed,
technological limitations and funding. Whilst there are likely to be
budgetary restrictions, this pathway avoids late adoption of
technology and measures. This is to reduce carbon emissions and
also because demand could impact on the cost of supply as the
2045 deadline approaches and public and private sectors are
potentially legislated to take action. 
A balanced approach to the implementation of measures is more
likely to benefit from reducing costs of measures as the scaling up
of production reduces costs. This could also allow planned
solutions to align with national infrastructure investment. For
example, vehicles could continue to transition to zero carbon using
batteries, or hydrogen could become more dominant if electricity
distribution networks are unable to cope with the electrification of
both heat and transport. 
The calculations for the current pathway account for: 
Internal factors: Known internal changes that will impact on
emissions, e.g. confirmed waste management change. 
External factors: Known external changes that will impact on
emissions, e.g. ongoing decarbonisation of the national grid. 
Population change: Annual changes in population, based on
the 2018 Scottish Sub-National Populations Projections for
Moray, which may impact future emissions.   
41Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 updatePage 185

Page 186

42 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Figure 12. Current pathway of recorded carbon emissions from baseline date to 2030. Figures from 2023 onwards are forecast estimates and denoted by a lighter colour.
Page 186

Page 187

Concerns 
Progress on carbon emissions reduction has been restricted. There
are several reasons for this: 
Services within the Council increasingly lack the resources or
expertise needed to develop and manage effective carbon and
cost reduction projects, and/or secure external funding;
A lack of shared ownership, leadership and collaboration across
services together with competing priorities has created a
situation where climate change is often regarded as a separate
issue, rather than an opportunity which can be integrated into
existing work – creating efficiencies;
Mixed understanding of climate change at all levels within the
Council can hinder buy-in, proactive action and sustainable
development; and
Some decisions taken by the Council have contributed to a
delay in carbon emissions reduction. For example, the Council’s
new fleet replacement strategy which delayed uptake of low
emission vehicles due to immature technology and funding
constraints. 
The upcoming update to the Climate Change Strategy presents an
opportunity to reassess the Council’s approach and to begin
addressing these issues, as well as to better embed climate and
sustainable development within transformation plans. 
To inform a robust and impactful updated strategy, the Council
needs to address several key issues and decide on its net zero
targets. These decisions will lay the groundwork for a cohesive
approach that delivers on the Council’s aspirations. 
43Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Net zero must be budgeted for and taken into consideration in the
pace of decision making around the renovation and rationalisation
of the council building stock. This will enable the production of
accurate estimates of financial costs and emissions reductions
which will assist future planning. Deciding on the level of
commitment to renewable energy projects is crucial. Exploring
options like solar panels will help to reduce reliance on fossil fuels
which are rising in price and contribute to significant emissions
reductions. 
Agreeing a delivery model for carbon offsetting through natural
capital enhancements presents an opportunity to invest in a
variety of benefits for communities whilst reducing emissions. 
Identifying and allocating sufficient resources is essential for
effective project management. This will ensure the successful
implementation of carbon reduction initiatives. 
The difficulty and expense of converting buildings to reach net
zero means that if further delays are experienced then emissions
relating to buildings may not reduce sufficiently to meet targets.
Therefore, greater emphasis on other parts of council operations
reaching net zero faster, and increased carbon sequestration, may
have to be explored if the pace of change continues to be
insufficient. 
If all information gathering and decisions on future change are
made by 2025 then a more accurate assumption can be made for
residual emissions and the need for carbon sequestration. This will
provide a decision point milestone for the council to reassess the
commitment to the 2030 net zero target knowing the full costs and
carbon sequestration requirements. 
Page 187

Page 188

Benefits and threats associated with current pathway 
In summary, the benefits of threats of the current pathway are: 
44 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
4.2 Restoring nature 
The Council's commitment to nature conservation has
grown, but future success hinges on securing new
funding sources and integrating biodiversity efforts with
other initiatives. While expected statutory targets and
the uncertainty of dedicated funding pose challenges,
the Council plans to address them through a new Moray
Biodiversity Strategy, improved staff training, and a
focus on community engagement and evidence-based
actions. 
The level of nature positive activity taken by the Council has been
steadily increasing since the 2018-20 Biodiversity Duty report. The
Scottish Government is expected to introduce statutory targets for
nature restoration, bringing further responsibilities for local
authorities. 
In terms of land management, improvements largely relied on
dedicated funding through the Scottish Government’s Nature
Restoration Fund, which runs until 2025/26. There is a risk that
progress will slow if this funding stream ends, so alternative
sources including private finance and embedding biodiversity
within other projects such as the Moray Growth Deal and town
centre improvements will be essential. As the Council’s natural
capital study recommends, carbon sequestration should also be
delivered in conjunction with biodiversity enhancement. 
Benefits 
Reflects the path the
council is currently
pursuing. Does not
commit the council
to altering the timing
or type of planned
expenditure. 
Most statutory
deadlines are met.
Threats 
Carbon sequestration will be required
to reach net zero by 2030 as
decarbonisation of estate and fleet will
not be complete. 
Uncertainty around timescale for
building improvement relating to
carbon emissions. 
Many of the current commitments to
reduce carbon emissions are currently
unfunded. The Council requires to use
its full breadth of powers to
raise/attract funding, apply for
government and other external
funding, and lobby for further powers
or financial assistance as may be
required. 
Some statutory deadlines are not met.
Page 188

Page 189

A Moray Biodiversity Strategy will be produced alongside the
Climate Change Strategy update, focussing on achievable actions
that are balanced with the urgency of reversing biodiversity loss.
Engaging communities, and increasing opportunities for young
people to engage with nature to bring additional benefits should
be a priority and support the sourcing of funding. Actions and
improvements should be evidence led, using national guidance
and measurements as they are available. 
Statutory responsibilities for biodiversity have significantly
increased through the introduction of NPF4, introducing additional
work that is currently being met within existing staff capacity.
Improved guidance and training is being developed to support the
planning service to deliver positive effects for biodiversity in
Moray. Ecological expertise will be drawn upon for larger and more
complex developments. Going forward there should be an
emphasis on proper biodiversity assessment of all developments,
resulting in specific plans that enhance biodiversity and help link
to the wider environment. 
A significant challenge over the coming years will be the delivery of
a Moray Nature Network, which is a requirement of the LDP.  While
the Scottish Government has funded mapping and engagement,
delivery and monitoring will require additional resources. This
should delivered through an integrated approach, bringing wider
community benefits while also supporting climate adaptation and
mitigation. 
45Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 updatePage 189

Page 190

4.3 Being ready for climate impacts 
There remains a critical gap in the Council’s readiness for
the impacts of climate change. A recent assessment
revealed a low level of maturity of response to climate
adaptation and understanding of the Council's
vulnerability to climate impacts and the potential
financial implications. 
The Council’s first adaptation benchmarking exercise highlights the
significant shift required to understand and recognise where it is
vulnerable to the impacts of climate change, and what the financial
implications may be going forward. 
An adaptation plan will be embedded within the next Climate
Change Strategy Update. This should be evidence led and risk
informed, the scope of which will be subject to available resources.
The planned programme of engagement for the strategy update
will be an opportunity to both gather new information and
increase understanding of climate risk. 
Until a climate risk assessment has been undertaken the cost to
the Council of climate impacts remain unknown, however as the
Scottish Fiscal Commission have outlined, ‘the implications of not
investing in adaptation would be harmful in the long term and
could lead to even more pressure on future Scottish Budgets’. 
46 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
The draft third Scottish National Adaptation Programme (SNAP 3)
places greater emphasis on the interconnection between climate
and nature, drawing close links to the delivery of the Scottish
Biodiversity Strategy and National Planning Framework 4. As SNAP
3 is expected to be published by the end of 2024, the Council’s
climate change strategy update will be able to integrate the
planned national outcomes with local needs, as well as develop
measures that align with the national monitoring framework. 
Page 190

Page 191

The Council recognises that further action will be
required if its 2030 net zero target is to be met. Though
progress has been made, current efforts fall short of
local and national targets. Whilst challenges lay ahead,
there is significant scope to turn these into opportunities
for the Council and the wider community. The upcoming
Climate Change Strategy update presents a critical
opportunity to address these challenges.   
It remains feasible for the Council to achieve net zero if key
decisions on building decarbonisation and rationalisation of the
estate are taken, and progress is made to enhance solar provision
on buildings, consistently improve fleet vehicles and reduce waste
in the future. There is also a need to develop a suitable delivery
model for natural capital enhancements which will provide any
necessary carbon offsetting opportunities. 
Securing external funding will be essential if these aspirations are
to be met. Success will require a combination of strong leadership,
collaboration across services, knowledge building and adequate
resourcing to realise opportunities. 
47Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Assuming that all necessary decisions are made and information is
gathered by 2025, this will enable the development of robust
pathways that accurately project residual emissions and the level
of carbon sequestration required from 2030 onwards. 
With this information, elected members can reassess the feasibility
of the 2030 net zero target. They will have a clear picture of the
estimated costs, the level of carbon sequestration required, and
the impact on other aspects of the Council's climate and nature
response. This will enable a well-informed decision on whether to
maintain the 2030 target or revise it to achieve a more cohesive
and sustainable approach. 
5. Conclusion
Page 191

Page 192

Glossary
48 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
active travel 
adaptation 
baseline 
biodiversity 
carbon
Journeys made by modes of transport that are
fully or partially people-powered, irrespective
of the purpose of the journey. It includes
walking, people using wheelchairs, cycling
(including e-bikes) to name a few. 
Adjustments in natural or human systems in
response to actual or expected climatic stimuli
or their effects, which moderates harm or
exploits beneficial opportunities. 
Historical period specified for the purpose of
comparing greenhouse gas emissions. 
The variability among living organisms from
all sources, including, inter alia, terrestrial,
marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the
ecological complexes of which they are part;
this includes diversity within species, between
species and of ecosystems (UN 1992). 
Umbrella term used to describe all of the
greenhouse gases. 
carbon
dioxide (CO2) 
carbon
neutrality 
carbon
sequestration 
circular
economy 
climate
action 
climate
change 
climate
emergency
A naturally occurring gas, CO2 is also a by-
product of burning fossil fuels (such as oil, gas
and coal), of burning biomass, of land-use
changes and of industrial processes (e.g.,
cement production). It is the principal
anthropogenic greenhouse gas that affects
the Earth’s radiative balance. 
See net zero. 
A process by which carbon dioxide is removed
from the atmosphere and held in solid or
liquid form. 
A circular economy is one in which resources
are kept in use for as long as possible. 
Efforts taken to mitigate and adapt to the
impacts of climate change. 
The state of the climate that can be identified
(e.g., by using statistical tests) by changes in
the mean and/or the variability of its
properties and that persists for an extended
period, typically decades or longer. 
A situation in which urgent action is required
to reduce or halt climate change and avoid
potentially irreversible environmental damage
resulting from it.
Page 192

Page 193

49Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
co-benefits 
direct
emissions 
drought 
excess deaths 
flood 
green jobs
The positive effects that a policy or measure
aimed at one objective might have on other
objectives, thereby increasing the total
benefits for society or the environment. Co-
benefits are often subject to uncertainty and
depend on local circumstances and
implementation practices, among other
factors. Co-benefits are also referred to as
ancillary benefits. 
Emissions directly under the organisation's
control. 
A prolonged period of abnormally low rainfall,
leading to a shortage of water. 
The number of deaths from all causes during
a crisis above and beyond what we would
have expected to see under 'normal'
conditions. 
The overflowing of the normal confines of a
stream or other body of water, or the
accumulation of water over areas that are not
normally submerged. Floods include river
(fluvial) floods, flash floods, urban floods,
pluvial floods, sewer floods and coastal floods. 
Employment opportunities that contribute to
environmental sustainability. 
green
recovery 
greenhouse
gas emissions 
heatwave 
indirect
emissions 
insetting 
IPCC 
The transition to a more sustainable and
resilient economy following a crisis, such as
the Covid-19 pandemic, that prioritises
investment in low carbon technologies,
sustainable infrastructure and job creation in
environmentally friendly sectors. 
Any gas that contributes to the greenhouse
effect by absorbing infrared radiation in the
atmosphere. 
A heatwave is an extended period of hot
weather relative to the expected conditions of
the area at that time of year. In Moray, a
heatwave event is defined a at least three
consecutive days with daily maximum
temperatures meeting or exceeding 25°C. 
Emissions outside the organisation's control
but over which it has an influence. 
The process of offsetting carbon emissions by
sequestering carbon within the organisation's
own landholdings. 
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. A
scientific body established by the United
Nations to provide policymakers with regular
assessments of the state of climate science and
the potential impacts of climate change, as well
as strategies for mitigation and adaptation. 
Page 193

Page 194

50 Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 update
Just
transition 
Mitigation 
Nature
emergency 
Nature
network 
Net zero 
Designing policies in a way that ensures the
benefits of climate action are shared widely,
while the costs do not unfairly burden those
least able to pay, or whose livelihoods are
directly or indirectly at risk as the economy
shifts and changes. 
A human intervention to reduce emissions or
enhance the sinks of greenhouse gases. 
The rapidly worsening state of the natural
world, including the loss of biodiversity,
ecosystem degradation, and the threat of
ecological collapse, caused by human
activities such as habitat destruction, pollution
and climate change. 
A network which connects together nature-
rich sites, including restoration areas and
other environmental projects, through a
series of areas of suitable habitat, habitat
corridors, and stepping-stones. 
Net zero emissions are achieved
when anthropogenic emissions of greenhouse
gases to the atmosphere are balanced
by anthropogenic removals over a specified
period.  
Offsetting 
Renewable
energy 
Sustainable
development 
tCO2e 
Wildfire 
The practice of compensating for carbon
emissions by funding projects that reduce
greenhouse gas emissions outside of the
organisation's own landholdings. 
Energy derived from natural sources that are
replenished at a higher rate than they are
consumed. 
Meeting the needs of the present without
compromising the ability of future
generations to meet their own needs. 
Tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent. A metric
measure used to compare the emissions from
various greenhouse gases on the basis of
their global-warming potential (GWP), by
converting amounts of other gases to the
equivalent amount of carbon dioxide with the
same global warming potential. 
Any uncontrolled vegetation fire which
requires a decision, or action, regarding
suppression.
Page 194

Page 195

51Climate Change Plan and Route Map to Net Zero 2024 updatePage 195

Page 196

Page 196

Page 197

REPORT TO: MORAY COUNCIL ON 25 SEPTEMBER 2024 
SUBJECT: BUS REVOLUTION PHASE 2 (SERVICE EXPANSION PLAN) 
BY:  DEPUTE CHIEF EXECUTIVE (ECONOMY, ENVIRONMENT AND
FINANCE) 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To inform the Council of operational plans and revenue requirements
supporting the incremental expansion of m.connect services in Moray for the
second Phase of the Bus Revolution project plan within the wider Moray
Growth Deal programme.   
1.2 This report is submitted to Council in terms of Section III (F) (18) to exercise
the function of the Council in relation to public passenger transport under the
Transport Act 1985. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that Council: 
(i) approve m.connect service amendments, changes, expansions of
new services that form the operational plans for phase 2 of project
delivery Moray wide, as set out in paragraph 5; and 
(ii) review and approve the fares proposals and revenue
requirements, noting the cost neutrality of the changes, to be
implemented from 1 April 2025, to deliver the operational plans as
set out in this report. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 The Bus Revolution project is part of the Moray Growth Deal and aims to  
improve public transport connectivity across Moray by providing additional 
public transport services (On-demand and Timetabled services) to improve
access and use of public transport, helping residents of Moray connect with
work, education and recreational / welfare facilities. Two key elements of the
project were the introduction of app-based technology (for improved bookings
and journey management) and Electric Vehicles (EV), reducing carbon
emissions to create environmentally sustainable public transport. 
Item 15.
Page 197

Page 198

3.2 There are five key funding phases throughout the 10-year span of the project
life cycle, each providing the opportunity to add vehicle and staff resource to
increase public transport service provision across Moray. The long-term aim
being to provide public bus services seven days a week from early morning to
late evening. This will be achieved through incremental expansion aligned to
project funding phases, enabling deliverable growth. 
3.3 Phase one of project delivery launched on the 2 May 2023 and built on the
previous Dial M for Moray demand response service (re-branded m.connect),
which extended the hours of operation of the service in Buckie, Keith and
Speyside (formally 0915-1430hrs Mon-Fri to 0630-2030hrs Mon-Fri). The
project also introduced a timetabled service (309), linking Cullen, Buckie and
Keith to the rail network, whilst also enhancing an existing service in Speyside
(366) that served Aberlour, Knockando and Archiestown, to improve and
increase connectivity into Elgin. 
3.4 Implementation of a real-time booking and management system (including the
release of a passenger app for customers to plan, book, pay and manage
their journeys) offered greater operational management of the on-demand
service, making efficiencies in route planning, booking and seating availability
whilst offering detailed analytics on current passenger trends, forecasting
efficiencies through simulation of any proposed changes to service structure. 
3.5 The introduction of EV’s within the vehicle fleet has evidenced environmental
benefits through reduced carbon emissions but has also created a number of
challenges for the operational team relating to warranty and technician
support to retain the vehicles on the road for any prolonged period of time.
Collaboration with Scottish government and UK suppliers, hopes to address
these issues for the medium- and longer-term betterment of project
deliverables. 
3.6 Lastly, a revised zonal fare structure was cascaded across all m.connect
services. The fares structure (approved at ED&I Committee on 6 September
2022, para 8 of the minute refers) aimed to simplify fares which could be
marketed effectively, comparable to what commercial operators charged,
offering value for money on longer journeys whilst mitigating but not fully
offsetting operational costs. 
4. PROGRESS TO DATE 
4.1 The first year of m.connect and the additional service provision introduced
through the project, has experienced good success to date, evidenced
through the project’s investment objectives, as noted below: 
4.2 Investment objective 1 was to Increase public transport passenger journeys
by 30,000 per annum by 2030. The first year of m.connect operations
generated in excess of an additional 9000 passenger journeys, surpassing the
annual growth target by 66% (Targeting an additional 4286 passenger journey
for 2023-24). 
Page 198

Page 199

4.3 Positive progress has also been made for Investment objective 2: To reduce
the environmental impact of transport in the area by 30t CO2e p.a. by 2030.
Again, the service has surpassed the annual C02e savings target for emission
reductions (4.3tC02e reduction target for FY 23-24), creating a total saving of
11.6 tC02e in year one. 
4.4 Investment Objective 3: 20% reduction in number of people facing transport
barriers to employment, education or recreation by 2030. A complex objective
to develop data to monitor and evidence. Surveys, collaboration with Moray
Pathways, developing the Young Workforce (DYW) in Moray and the
Department of Work & Pensions (DWP) have all helped benchmark access
and use of transport in Moray to date.  Event transport support to the Whisky
Festival and the Findhorn Bay Festival has evidenced improved connectivity
to access these events through public transport. Something that the project
intends to repeat and grow in 2025 and beyond. 
4.5 One real success story has been the project’s impact on local employment,
creating 10 additional driver posts and one grade 4 supervisor position. It is
estimated that the project will create an additional 21 positions based on the
assumptions set out in the FBC. 
4.6 Collaborative work with the Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) has
also generated opportunities for those currently in unemployment and seeking
opportunities within the local workforce. The project and DWP have created
an upskilling pathway (funded through DWP) for job seekers looking to
develop driving skills to improve career and job choice opportunities.
Additional skills training included customer service and interview skills
training. 
4.7 On completion of the upskilling course, the Public Transport Unit (PTU) assist
with mock interviews, assessing transferable skills and general fitness for role
and personal attributes. On completion of the package job seekers are then
signposted to open vacancies within Moray Council, in particular, roles within
the PTU. Job seekers / candidates then process through the safer recruitment
process along with other candidates.   
4.8 To date the PTU have benefited from this process by employing 5 candidates
through the upskilling pathway, with future candidates in the pipeline awaiting
opportunity.  Not only has this work benefited the PTU, but it has also
benefited the wider transport sector, where qualified driver shortages are
impacting on local and national transport service providers.   
5. PHASE 2 PLANS 
5.1 As well as making efficiencies within the current m.connect network for the
second phase of project delivery, the project team built a comprehensive
understanding of customer need (Appendix 1 to this report), which helped
inform and develop a service options appraisal package for project board to
review against project objective 3 (evidence a 20% reduction in number of
people facing transport barriers to employment, education or recreation by
2030). 
Page 199

Page 200

5.2 Activities to evidence need included: 
• Annual transport survey response and analysis
• Engagement with Moray Pathways, department of Work and pensions
(DWP), Developing the Young Workforce Moray (DYW), Early years
education groups and Moray Chamber of Commerce.
• Community engagement feedback from Elgin, Lossiemouth, Hopeman,
Burghead, Kinloss, Findhorn and Forres communities. 
• Annual bus network review (Moray) - Understanding gaps, weaknesses in
current network provision, whilst assessing service changes from
commercial suppliers
• Detailed analysis of m.connect services, reviewing service performance,
app performance and use, demand profiles, ride sharing, trip optimisation
and vehicle utilisation opportunities, booking success rates and missed
demand rates. 
5.3 All this work helped develop an option appraisal package that allowed the
project board to assess the merits and benefits of each option. Mindful of
revenue budget implications, the board collectively agreed on the following
package of works to be presented to the committee for approval, inclusive of
revenue requirements. The package includes amendments to existing
services in order to achieve best value, including the recommended removal
of a number of services which are not demonstrating an effective use of
resource. In these instances, the revised proposals incorporate alternative
new/amended services which meet the evidenced demand in a more inclusive
and efficient way. Following this meeting there will be clear communication
with communities where it is proposed to amend the service provision, setting
out the reasons why some services are being removed and the benefits of the
alternative services for both any existing customers impacted and for new and
additional customers.   
Service Amendments / Cancellations: 
Item /
Service 
Change / Action  Rationale
Service 309  Timetable change 
0515-2030 to 0715-2030
First two service rotations carry no
passengers.  
Service 366 Redesign to Service 368 Main corridor into Elgin duplicated with
stagecoach service. Current passenger
journeys can’t sustain the level of
service provision on offer. 
Service 362 End External contract.
Current patronage included in
new service design 
Cost and service efficiency.
Service 363 End External contract.
Current patronage included in
new service design
Cost and service efficiency.
Service 338 End and include in Service
redesign. Current patronage
included in new service
design
Cost and service efficiency.
Service 365  End and include in Service
redesign. Current patronage
Cost and service efficiency.
Page 200

Page 201

Item /
Service 
Change / Action  Rationale
included in new service
design
m.connect
Speyside
Remove bus 3 from network
from 1200-1400hrs
Service efficiency, vehicle underutilised
– current demand being met through
Bus 1,2 & 4.   
m.connect
Forres 
End External contract. Deliver
internally 
Cost and service efficiency. Deliver
service internally. 
m.connect
Forres
(Saturday)
End External contract. Deliver
internally 
Cost and service efficiency. Deliver
service internally. 
Amendments, expansions and new services to be introduced: 
Item /
Service 
Change / Action  Rationale
Amendments / Expansions
Service 334 Extending route into Elgin,
connecting Larch court,
Hamilton Gardens, Morriston
Road to Dr Gray’s Hospital,
Tesco and Elgin Town
Centre. 
Hourly service from 0725 to
1805 Mon-Fri. 
On Demand service in Elgin has huge
un-met demand for journeys in central
Elgin that the existing service cannot
accommodate. By extending the 334-
service routing into Elgin, the un-met
demand will be accommodated and
open up additional capacity within the
on-demand service to met demand out
with central Elgin.  
Service 691
m.connect
Speyside
on-demand
Add drivers hours to cover
1645-2030hrs Mon-Fri
Similar situation to Buckie. Charging
time requirements impacting on service
availability. Additional drivers hours
allocated due to geography of Speyside
and length of journeys requested.  
Weekend services 
Service 694 
m.connect
Buckie on-
demand
Introduce a Saturday on-
demand service covering
0900-1700hrs. 
Single vehicle operation 
Evidence of expediential growth in
customers and journeys during phase 1
delivery. Good location to introduce
Saturday service. 
Community council and customer
feedback has also indicated public
interest / need for weekend service
provision.  
Service 691
m.connect
Speyside
on-demand
Introduce a Saturday on-
demand service covering
1000-2200hrs. 
Two vehicle operation
Providing Connectivity to core network
public bus service provision to rural
communities, whilst offering connectivity
local communities to hospitality venues
beyond 1700hrs.  
Service 690
m.connect
Forres     
on-demand
Currently a contracted
provision. Deliver service
internally covering 0900-
1700hrs on Saturdays only,
retaining existing provision 
More cost effective to deliver service
internally than contract out. 
Page 201

Page 202

New Services 
Service 333 Provide coastal communities
of Burghead-Hopeman-
Lossiemouth connecting
service every 70mins from
0750-1800hrs Mon-Fri  
Service to connect coastal communities
to health and welfare facilities.
Affordable transport to access pre and
after school care provision (Earthtime –
established need), whilst offering
connectivity to local employment
opportunities.   
Timetable information (Appendix 2 to
this report).   
Service 367 Formed to serve existing
demand evidenced on the
363 and 366 services. 
Connecting Communities of
Auchbreck, Knockando and
Archieston to the main bus
network for onward travel to
Elgin / Dufftown (Service 36) 
0755-1945 Mon-Fri 
A re-designed service accommodating
existing demand, whilst offering lifeline
connectivity to communities in
Auchbreck, Glenlivet and Ballindaloch to
the main bus network. 
Reduces duplication on the main
corridor into Elgin with stagecoach
services whilst reducing operational
costs. 
Timetable information (Appendix 2 to
this report).   
Service 368  Formed to serve existing
demand evidenced on the
362 and 365 services. 
Connecting Communities of
Tomintoul, Tomnavoulin and
Auchbreck to Dufftown and
the main bus network for
onward travel to
Elgin(Service 36)  / Keith. 
0645-1950 Mon-Fri
A re-designed service accommodating
existing demand from the 362, 365 and
m.connect on-demand service. 
On-demand service currently
accommodating journeys from Dufftown
to Keith between 0900-1100hrs. 
Displace those journeys onto service
route to free up capacity within the on-
demand service to accommodate other
demand in Speyside.   
368 offers routine connection to Elgin
via 36 service further reducing
duplication. 
Timetable information (Appendix 2 to
this report).  
Service 690
m.connect
Forres     
on-demand
Currently a contracted
provision. Deliver service
internally covering 0800-
1700hrs Mon-Fri retaining
existing provision 
More cost effective to deliver service
internally than contract out. 
5.4 Forres – Kinloss/Findhorn Bus Services: Further to the decision of Council at
the meeting on 13 August 2024 (para 11 of the draft minute refers),
consideration was given to the Council introducing a timetabled service
Page 202

Page 203

between Forres and Kinloss/Findhorn then onward to Burghead via College of
Roseisle, linking in to the proposed timetabled service along the Moray
coastline between Burghead and Lossiemouth. 
5.5 To achieve this on a commensurate level with the service withdrawn by
Stagecoach, would create a net additional cost to the Council of £32k per
annum. It has not been possible to incorporate this into the Phase 2 proposals
for Bus Revolution without either creating a budget pressure or removing
proposals that have arisen directly in line with the expansion of service
provision that delivers the project aims and objectives, and connects in with
the underlying community engagement. The clearly expressed community
aspirations regarding the Forres – Kinloss – Burghead service have been
driven by the commercial decision of Stagecoach rather than the position of
the underlying network. 
5.6 As agreed at the meeting, the Council Leader has written to Stagecoach
Bluebird, the Commanding Officer of 39 Engineer Regiment and the Station
Commander of RAF Lossiemouth. A meeting has been arranged with the
Commanding Officer of 39 Engineer Regiment to take place in mid-October.
The MD of Stagecoach Bluebird has replied to the Council Leader, setting out
the reasons why Stagecoach are unable to provide any financial support. This
means that at this point in time discussions around potential funding sources
for this service have not yet been concluded. As such, it is recommended that
the Council does not take forward a timetabled service at this point in time, but
that this will be revisited should there be identifiable funding sources to bridge
the budget gap. 
5.7 Summary of Service Proposals: The proposals set out above create a step
change in network provision across Moray in line with the project objectives to
grow provision and use of the m.connect services. Whilst this does not
necessarily meet all expressed need for service expansion across Moray, it
creates a positive change on what is assessed to be a cost neutral basis.   
5.8 Vehicles: In order to deliver the operational plan, and in line with the Growth
Deal funding profile, the project board have approved the procurement of an
additional 4 vehicles, 3 to be operationally active and 1 to bolster the
operational resilience of the fleet to cover planned and unplanned
maintenance periods.  Vehicle orders were placed in early August 2024 to
ensure build time and delivery was achieved by end of quarter 4 FY2024-25. 
5.9 In addition, EV charging infrastructure supporting m.connect services will also
expand, seeing 2 additional units installed within the school estates in Forres
and Lossiemouth respectively (Pilmuir Primary School & Hythehill Primary
School).  Work is ongoing to ensure installation and commissioning of units
are completed by the end of quarter 3 FY2024-25.
Page 203

Page 204

Fares
5.10 The current fares base is as follows: 
Zone  Single  Return  10 journey 
1 £3.00 £5.00 £20.00
2 £5.50 £9.00* £36.00
3 £7.50 £9.00* £36.00
4 – All day travel £9.00* £9.00* £36.00 
*All £9.00 tickets qualify for all day travel across m.connect services   
5.11 A review of FY2023-24 ticket sales was completed to help inform a full
financial picture if fare price point increases of either £0.50 or £1.00 were
applied. 
5.12 Analysis of ticket sales generated in FY2023-24 evidenced an 8.4% increase
in sales value for £0.50 increases, whilst a 17.4% increase in sales value
occurred when a £1.00 increase was applied. FY2023-24 sales broken down
below to show impact of changes: 
FY23-24  Existing Fare
Prices 
£0.50p Price
Point Rise
£1.00p Price
Point Rise
Base Income £129,724
Project Income  £30,891
Total Income  £160,615 £175,351 £194,361 
5.13 86% of the existing customer base use National Travel Entitlement Cards
(NEC) to pay for journeys taken on m.connect service, with only a small
percentage of customers paying cash at present. This coupled with high
volumes (over 50%) of short distance journeys at £3.00, has adversely affected
income generated to date. 
5.14 The fare increase options proposed are modest and retain value for money
when compared to commercial market fares for similar type journeys. Fares
have increased in recent years reflecting the higher cost inflation of the last 2
years.   
First Glasgow Single fares £2.00 (1 stage), £2.95, £6.35. £2.95
is the main Glasgow City fare and £6.35
anywhere outside city fare. 
Glasgow to Hamilton/Helensburgh, £6.35.
First Glasgow Day Tickets £5.60 in Glasgow City, £7.50 full
network.
First Aberdeen Single Fare £2.00 Day Ticket £5.30
Lothian Single fare £2.00, Day Ticket £5.00 but capped
at £4.80 on “TapTap Cap”.
McGills Glasgow Single Fare £5.50 also doubles as Day Saver.
Evening Saver £4.45
McGills Network
Inverclyde, Renfrewshire
and Glasgow
Day Saver £8.75, Evening Saver £7.10
McGills Midland Bluebird £5.95 Single and Day Saver. Evening Saver
Page 204

Page 205

Stirling and
Clackmannanshire
£5.00
McGills Midland Bluebird
Falkirk -
£5.95 Single and Day saver. Evening Saver
£5.00 
Xplore Dundee Short Hop single £2.40 (1 fare stage), Standard
Single £2.90. Day Saver £4.40 Evening Saver
£3.50
Stagecoach Bluebird Elgin single £2.70 Elgin Day Rider is £4.60.
Travelling further afield as an example, a single
Elgin to Dufftown is £8.40 and a Moray Day
Rider is £11.70 
5.15 The proposed m.connect fare price points would change as follows: 
Fare Price points with £0.50 applied
Zone  Single  Return  10 journey 
1 £3.50 £6.00 £23.00
2 £6.00 £9.00 £39.00
3 £8.00 £9.00 £39.00
4 – All day travel £9.00 £9.00 £39.00
*All £9.00 tickets qualify for all day travel across m.connect services   
Fare Price points with £1.00 applied
Zone  Single  Return  10 journey 
1 £4.00 £7.00 £25.00
2 £6.50 £10.00 £41.00
3 £8.50 £10.00 £41.00
4 – All day travel £10.00 £10.00 £41.00
*All £10.00 tickets qualify for all day travel across m.connect services   
5.16 The current impact assessment on fares price point increases concluded that,
due to the high volume of NEC users within the service, impact to personal
finances is negligible. In addition, there will be retention of favourable multi
journey tickets for fare paying passengers, including the 10 journey ticket and
the £9 / £10 all day travel ticket, ensuring that fare paying passengers are not
disadvantaged by any increases approved by this committee. 
5.17 It is therefore recommended that the committee approve a £1.00 fare
increase, providing improved income generation to offset operational costs
and reduce subsidy per passenger for existing and new services introduced
for phase 2 operational plans. 
6. FINANCIAL IMPACT 
6.1 These percentage increases have been applied to forecasted and existing
income to formulate a full financial assessment of existing and proposed
service developments contained within the phase 2 operational plan. Below
sets out the detail for review. The current costs are based on 23/24 as this is
the most up to date full year data.
Page 205

Page 206

Costs Current cost
of operation
25/26 Cost inclusive
of Phase 2 
Baseline  £572,786 £393,543
Project  £358,179 £674,889
Total £930,965  £1,068,432  
Income Current
Income 
25/26 Income
inclusive of Phase 2 
Baseline farebox Income  £129,724 £129,724
Baseline Network Support Grant  £27,057 £24,468
Project Farebox Income  £85,815* £125,326**
Project Network Support Grant  £40,000 £68,865
Developer Contributions  £0 £25,000
Total  £282,596 £373,383   
Net Position pre-fares adjustment £648,369 £695,049 
*Forecasted income for FY 2024-25
** FY24-25 Income plus anticipated income generated from additional
services. 
6.2 On the basis of the recommended £1.00 uplift to fares, the table below sets
out the revised projected income for the project, and a revised net position. 
Costs Current cost of
operation
25/26 Cost inclusive of
Phase 2 
Baseline  £572,786 £393,543
Project  £358,179 £674,889
Total £930,965  £1,068,432  
Income Current Income
uplifted for revised
fares
25/26 Income inclusive
of Phase 2 and revised
fares
Baseline farebox
Income 
£129,724 £129,724
Project Farebox
Income 
£85,815* £125,326**
Total Farebox Income  £215,539 £255,050
Revised Total with
uplift applied 
£299,428
Baseline Network
Support Grant 
£27,057 £24,468
Project Network
Support Grant 
£40,000 £68,865
Developer
Contributions 
£0 £25,000
Total  £282,596 £417,761   
Net Position
including fares
adjustment
£648,369 £650,671
Page 206

Page 207

*Forecasted income for FY 2024-25
** FY24-25 Income plus anticipated income generated from additional
services. 
6.3 It is intended, that on approval of the operational plans, revenue and fares uplift
approval, service implementation plans would be created and activated to
deliver service in early quarter one in FY 2025-26. 
7. PASSENGER JOURNEY AND INCOME MODELLING 
7.1 Predicting passenger uplift through introduction of new services is notoriously
difficult and attracts risk when using predicted figures to model income
outcome, however, the table below shows predicted passenger journey
outcomes for each of the services to be introduced and how the figure was
generated that helped inform of financial impact on revenue modelling. 
• Timetable Income assumptions based on average ticket price x
capacity carried in 2023-24
• On-Demand Income based on average ticket price x daily average
passengers (PPH – Passenger per hour) carried in 2023-24. 
Service  Predicted
Passenger
Journey Uplift 
Evaluation 
333 Burghead –
Hopeman –
Lossiemouth
2,286 Based on an 8.5% capacity being used
daily
334  Elgin Town
extension
1,778 Based on a 6% capacity being used daily
367 Auchbreck –
Knockando –
Craigellachie – Aberlour
762 Existing journeys from service 363 and 366
368 Tomintoul –
Auchbreck – Dufftown –
Keith
563 Existing journeys from service 362 and 365
694 m.connect Buckie
on-demand - Sat
Service
357 Based on Speyside area passengers per
hour 
691 m.connect
Speyside on-demand –
additional evening
resource
1,270  Based on Speyside area passengers per
hour
691 m.connect
Speyside on-demand -
Sat Service
663 Based on Speyside area passengers per
hour
7,679 additional passenger Journeys   
7.2 Appendix 3 provides a detailed summary of the project financial position for
end of year 1 (Financial Year 2023-24). 
Page 207

Page 208

8. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement
Plan (LOIP))
The proposals, which fit within the inclusive economic growth principles
of the Growth Deal support the council’s priority for a growing and
diverse economy, as well as supporting health and wellbeing through
access to services. 
(b) Policy and Legal
The proposed amendments fit within the Scottish Government’s
transport policy priorities, and the objectives established in Moray’s
Growth Deal. Bus services operated by the council are regulated through
s19 and s22 permits and registration of services with the Traffic
Commissioner. Future services may utilise the powers in the Transport
(Scotland) Act 2019 which allow use of O Licensed operations, however,
this statutory power has still to be enabled. Both s19 & s22 and O
Licensed operations still require registration of local bus services, and
the Traffic Commissioner holds the regulatory role in all these regards. 
(c) Financial implications
The financial implications of the operational plan for the second phase of
Bus Revolution are set out in the paragraphs above and have been
prepared on a cost neutral basis. 
(d) Risk Implications
The principal commercial and reputational risks have been evaluated as
part of the Full Business Case along with routine financial monitoring and
review.  There are reputational risks around service developments /
expansions that is not in line with community expectations, and this has
been mitigated by detailed service analysis and community engagement
activity as documented in para 3.6. Risks around growth in passenger
journey and income assumptions will be monitored through the Project
Board and routine service and financial performance monitoring and
reporting. 
(e) Staffing Implications
The expansion of additional services will require the recruitment of
additional drivers / driver hours, which are included in the revenue
request presented to Full Council committee for approval. 
(f) Property
There are property implications relating to the installation of 2 additional
charging units supporting service expansion. Work with Property
services and design consultants have been ongoing to ensure that
Design, procurement, siting, connections and metering arrangements of
charging infrastructure is coordinated and delivered within existing
council property and budget, minimising impact to project and
operational activity.  
Page 208

Page 209

(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
The project aims to reduce inequalities through the provision of
accessible and affordable transport options, particularly tackling barriers
to employment. A full Equalities Impact Assessment has been carried
out as part of the project. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
The project has established objectives and measurements relating to a
positive impact on the environment and a reduction in carbon emissions
and supports the carbon statement contained within the Full Business
Case. 
(i) Consultations
The Depute Chief Executive (Economy, Environment and Finance),
Head of Environmental and Commercial Services, Legal Services
Manager, Chief Financial Officer, Community Support Unit
Manager, Equalities Officer and Democratic Services Manager have
been consulted and their comments incorporated into this report. 
9. CONCLUSION 
9.1  This report seeks approval for the operational plans supporting Phase 2 
of Bus revolution project delivery, the revenue request supporting the 
operational plan and authority to uplift fares proportionate to an 
acceptable balance where operational cost is covered (but not in full) 
through income generated for ticket sales.   
Author of Report: Stevie Robertson Senior Project Officer (Bus Revolution) 
Background Papers: 20240925 Bus Revolution Phase 2 Appendix 1 
20240925 Bus Revolution Phase 2 Appendix 2 
20240925 Bus Revolution Phase 2 Appendix 3 
Ref: SPMAN-524642768-1139 
Page 209

Page 210

Page 210

Page 211

20240827 Full Committee Bus Revolution
Phase 2 
Appendix 1
Project Officer - Needs Appraisal 
Community Engagement Summary 
Event Dates - 
January 2024
Date  Venue  Time  Attendance 
1.01.2024 Forres Community Centre  1200-1600hrs 2
16.01.2024 Lossiemouth Community
Centre 
1800-2000hrs  1
18.01.2024 Elgin Library  1200-1600hrs  4
18.01.2024 Elgin Community Centre  1800-2000hrs  0
23.01.2024 Lossiemouth Community
Centre 
1800-2000hrs  0
24.01.2024 Elgin Community Centre  1800-2000hrs  0
25.01.2024 Rafford Village Hall  1130-1400hrs 12
26.01.2024 Elgin Library  1200-1600hrs  2
Total attendees  21 
March 2024 
Date  Venue  Time  Attendance 
19.03.2024 Hopeman Village Hall  1030-1230hrs 8
19.03.2024 Burghead Community Hall  1400-17000hrs  4
20.03.2024 Lossiemouth Community
Centre
1000-1200hrs  Cancelled
20.03.2024 Elgin Community Centre 1400-1600hrs  Cancelled
21.03.2024 Findhorn Village Centre  1400-1600hrs  3
Item 15.
Page 211

Page 212

22.03.2024 Lhanbryde Community
Centre
1000-1200hrs  Cancelled
26.03.2024 Kinloss Village Hall 0930-1130hrs 3
26.03.2024 Lossiemouth Community
Centre
1800-2000hrs  0
27.03.2024 Elgin Library 1400-1600hrs  8
28.03.2024 Forres Community Centre 0900-1200hrs 9
Total attendees  35 
Feedback from sessions:
Forres:
Town service to run later and into weekends
Passenger App slow, sometimes does not work (unresponsive). Would like an edit
trip function and a drop-down menu to select previous journeys rather than cancel a
trip to re-book.  
Town service to operate earlier than 0840hrs to allow school children to access bus
during poor weather conditions.
Flip seats on new vehicle – unaware of button activation (driver to brief boarding
public or provide information notice).
Call centre response times up to 20mins to answer. 
Extend operating hours of the on-demand bus.
Saturday service unreliable and always late (Maynes – Investigate and review)
More information on the service – some still unaware of its existence and use.
Leaflet drops for Community locations.
Sunday service 1000-1500hrs or 0900-1700hrs 
Positive feedback on current m.connect service and established an m.connct
champion with customer testimony on how the service has positively impacted their
life. 
Request to explore the potential to support a walking festival and walking groups in
general.
Better connectivity to Dyke / Broadie – uses the service currently to get children to
school, on occasion, cant get return journeys, but generally, service is excellent. 
Evening service Mon-Sat 1700-2300hrs Forres town centre to Lossiemouth 
314 service to operate on Saturdays 
Establish a service route to link Findhorn-Kinloss-Forres 
Page 212

Page 213

Lossiemouth:
The availability from groups to book journeys for attendees.
Outreach to local groups to promote service (it is not known to all) social media does
not reach everyone.
After school clubs / care location could benefit from better and more cost effective
transport provision – Earth time  an established need for up to 15 children per day.
Could increase capacity if transport links were robust and cost effective.  
Vulnerable adults struggling to access m.connect currently, lack of availability (due to
high demand) and limited operating hours (currently 0900-1430hrs).
Weekend service for coastal communities – 1000-1800hrs 
Better access to m.connect on-demand, not always getting an accepted journey, no
availability (due to high demand in zone 1).
Longer operating hours for m.connect ( community liked the idea of 0630-2030hrs)
Saturday service 0900-2359hrs
More m.connect during holiday periods i.e. Boxing day.
Passenger app is slow and unresponsive at times (Investigate issue).   
Burghead and Hopeman:
m.connect on-demand lack of availability lack of availability (due to high demand)
and limited operating hours (currently 0900-1430hrs). On occasion, can get a partial
journey, not always get a return. 
Better connectivity of coastal communities to Lossiemouth. Currently need to take
the service bus from Burgead to Elgin to then get bus from Elgin to Lossiemouth…..
over 1hr 40mins at best rather than the 15-20mins a direct journey would offer. 
Transport from Hopeman to Burghead for pupils to access breakfast clubs (0800hrs).
Earth time  an established need. Active dialog with Earth time staff and Moray
pathways has evidenced transport is a existing barrier for parents. Cost for (privilege
transport) is excessive and disadvantages some for accessing after school care.
Restricts parents job opportunities due to lack of after school care provision or
access to it.  
Employee access to Lossie from Burghead / Hopeman….currently reliant on lifts,
cycling or walking to work……. Regular bus service would connect locals to local
employment locations and opportunities.   
Customer service response times to calls over 20mins, abandon booking the
service. If service wants to develop, need to resolve access to booking via customer
service agents. 
App not for everyone, retain the call centre telephone line.   
Evening services beyond 1800hrs 
Trial a service route linking the coastal communities.  Findhorn, Duffus, Burghead,
Cummingston, Hopeman, Lossiemouth. 
Training pathway for elderly customers to access m.connect on-demand services. 
Page 213

Page 214

Better promotion of the service, not everyone on social media.
Service road shows to groups in the community.
Better transport for locals accessing the hub and ball groups (100-1200 / 1200-
1400hrs) in Burghead & Hopeman.
Access to Silver Sands holiday park – employment opportunities.  
Difficulty accessing Lossie Medical practice, regular service would connect residents
to appointment opportunities.  
32 service over capacity, lots are using the service to get to Lossiemouth (anecdotal
comment).
Partial timetable service complimented by additional on-demand service to be
considered.
Weekend transport a must.
Timetable service linking Rosisle- Duffus-Burghead-Hopeman-Lossiemouth 
Improve service information sharing - do not sign post to online material as a default 
Any transport surveys in future should have paper copies dropped off within
community locations for completion.
Visit community groups to explain service and provide information sessions. 
Direct link to Elgin rail station. 
Elgin – 
Larch court residents, receiving window for vehicle arrival and it is confusing
customers. Drivers always seem to arrive at the latest time of window. Some drivers
share information showing they have been provided a different arrival time from
booking window issued by customer advisor. 
Can never get return journeys and end up paying for taxi as service stops at
1430hrs. Costing pensioners more money. 
Want more buses and longer operating hours. Like the door to door service as most
residents have mobility issues. 
Customer service response times to calls are getting worse……difficult to get hold of
anyone and can’t / won’t use the app. 
Want the on-demand service to improve its availability (0630-2030hrs of operation)
with extra vehicles. 
Weekend service would be good. 
App is terrible, stopped using it. Very clunky and slow, sometimes wont even work.
Takes up to 10-20mins to make a booking, even then…..wont get a full journey.
Reinstate the service route Deveron coaches operated in Elgin, rather than it be an
hourly service, make it 2 hourly….great service and everyone used it to connect
within Elgin. 6 day a week service, Saturday up to 1800hrs.   
Page 214

Page 215

Findhorn - 
The service is unknown to most, please advertise better and visit local groups to
make them aware of the service.
Community council will help sign post service if provided information and will support
roadshow events. 
Better connectivity with Forres / Elgin for doctor /dental and hospital appointments
required.
App is slow 
Findhorn car share scheme winding up, require better transport options. On-demand
service does not meet all requests and restricted by the operating zone. Displacing
lots of journeys when scheme ends, need more m.connect vehicles to accommodate
Findhorn residents
Weekend service is required. 
Kinloss – 
Extend the operating hours of the service, finishing at 1700hrs impacts returning
home from work.  
App is slow and freezes, need to close down and restart to get a booking made.  
Service is good and use it often, when available. Difficult to get bookings made due
to availability (High Demand in Forres).
Community council don’t understand how the service works – make an appointment
to visit and explain. 
Better service promotion – most don’t know the service exists.  
Create a service route linking Plusgarden with Dallas, Rafford Kinloss, Forres. 
Rafford – 
Expand 314 town service to serve Rafford 
Provide a limited timetable service that links Rafford, Loggie to Forres – once twice a
week.
Not everyone aware of m.connect – promote better within community
Extend the operating hours of m.connect, make it more available…..difficult to get a
booking (High demand in Forres).
New housing development being built in Rafford, benefit from public transport link.  
Page 215

Page 216

Key / Common findings:
1. m.connect on-demand service in Forres and Elgin would benefit from
additional operating hours and vehicles to match demand. 0630-2030hrs
suggestion proved popular.
2. Potential timetable service(s) in Elgin to accommodate routine demand within
the town centre – Alleviating the high demand within the on-demand service
and allowing the service to meet demand outside of Zone 1 (Elgin).  The
routine service would also offer assurance to passengers over 60 that return
journey could be accommodated with resorting to taxi journeys at cost due to
limited on-demand service availability.  
3. Passenger app is an issue that needs reviewed and resolved by Liftango.
(Resolved through data management interventions in May 2024). 
4. Access to customer services is elongated and frustrating for the customer. (on
going issue due to staff resource)  
5. Improved direct marketing required through leaflet drops / customer
engagement / and a planned road show for organised groups / community
councils. (On-going and part of the holistic phase 2 marketing, PR and
Comms planning).  
6. Weekend services desired. (Staged approach to weekend services across
Moray). 
7. Better connectivity for coastal communities.  Possible timetable route from
evidenced need / employee transport / after school clubs and access to local
health care services.  
8. 314 service review – improved timetable to extend operating hours and
introduce service into the weekend.  
9. 32 service high demand – Connectivity to Lossiemouth to be retained
10.  Better connectivity for Findhorn-Kinloss-Forres residents to access local
amenities and health facilities.   
Lessons learned:
1. Longer engagement programme to cover more community locations – avoid
double sessions in a day. Whole Public Transport Unit responsibility. 
2. Engagement programme not condensed into 2-week slots, look to plan a 6
week programme of activity cycle that can be repeated and amended as
required / requested.  
3. Engagement programme / service road show leading up to Phase 2 service
launch.  
4. Communication plan launched at least 4 months in advance of Phase 2 start
date.
5. Community councils to assist with community awareness of service. – CC
Road show.
6. Service information and material must be available offline as well as online. 
Replication of service leaflet campaign in east Moray for Phase 2.   
Page 216

Page 217

Annual Moray Council Public Transport Survey: Analysis of Findings 
The survey was developed to better inform the Bus Revolution project of current
issues relating to the full Bus network in Moray. Helping to understand barriers,
challenges and the level of demand for any particular service the communities in
Moray would like introduced…… Informing the project team of potential service
development to consider in future service expansion phases. The survey will be
amended and issued annually to track trends and changes in responses, whilst also
monitoring or evaluating impact of m.connect services when introduced in Moray.  
The 2023 survey provided a wide understanding of the usage and views of people in
Moray in relation to current bus services (unless otherwise stated the survey
questions relate to all bus services in Moray i.e., Stagecoach, m.connect, and
Deveron Coaches). 
Almost 500 people took part in the survey in October/November 2023. Some 41% of
respondents are aged 60 or over, of which, 30% were retirees. Whilst this is a
disproportionately higher proportion of both over 60s and retirees than the general
population, it perhaps reflects that people in these demographics are more likely to
be bus users. Some 22% of respondents are aged 30 or below, and 37% aged 31-
59. A significant proportion of respondents (31%) reported things that make it difficult
for them to use public transport and these were predominately mobility and health
related. 
Almost half (49%) of respondents are very regular users of bus services, taking
the bus at least once or twice a week, while a further 13% take the bus once or twice
a month. Interestingly, there was a good level of engagement in the survey
amongst people who do not currently use bus services, accounting for 22% of
survey responses. 
Perhaps unsurprisingly, amongst those that currently use bus services,the busier
Stagecoach routes were the services that respondents were most likely to use. For
example, 54% use Stagecoach Service 10: Aberdeen, Elgin, Inverness. In terms of
the m.connect on-demand services, these accounted for a low proportion of
respondents – ranging from 2% for the Keith service to 7% for the Forres service. 
As would be expected, survey respondents are most likely to currently travel on
buses between the hours of 0800-1800, with the two-hour period when most travel
being 0800-1000 (52%). 
When respondents were asked what periods of the day they would like to travel on
the bus service, but cannot because it is currently not available, a significant
number indicated that they would like more opportunities to travel by bus in
the evenings: 1800-2000 (28%), 2000-2200 (30%), and 2200-0001 (24%). It is not
possible to gauge from the survey evidence the true scale of this demand as
respondents were not asked to indicate the frequency at which they would use
additional evening services if available (daily, weekly, monthly, once or twice a year
etc). That being said, the results are insightful in evidencing that there is likely to be
a significant number of people that would use evening services to some degree.
Some 47% of respondents are in employment (full-time/part-time/self-employed).
However, only 17% of respondents indicated that ‘travelling to/from work’ is
their main purpose for bus journeys. Some of the respondents that are in
Page 217

Page 218

employment may account for some of the survey respondents that do not currently
use bus services, but it can also be surmised that many of them use alternatives to
buses – either through choice or necessity – to get to/from their place of work but
use buses for other types of trips (leisure, shopping trips etc). 
The most common main purpose for bus journeys is travel for shopping trips (38%),
followed by appointments (doctor, hospital, professional etc) (30%), visiting friends or
relatives (30%), and leisure trips (29%).
When asked to rank what is most important as a passenger, around two-thirds
(66%) of respondents consider ‘availability and frequency of scheduled
services’ the most important, while 29% feel that ‘affordability of passenger fare’ is
the most important. Elsewhere in the survey, it was similarly found that a clear
majority (60%) of respondents would be encouraged to use their local bus services if
they were more frequent. There was also a high number that indicated they
would be encouraged to use their local bus service ‘if buses were more
reliable’ (44%).
Indeed, amongst the 43% of respondents that use the bus less often than before
(compared to only 19% using the bus more), reliability issues were the most
frequently mentioned reasons (noted by 30%), followed by reductions in services
(27%). 
In respect of the survey respondents that do not currently use local bus transport, the
most common reasons given was that buses are not frequent enough (37%). Other
reasons commonly given were  lack of availability (22%) and concerns about
reliability (21%). Around a quarter (26%) of those do not use buses said that they
prefer to travel by car and 23% feel that bus is less convenient than the alternatives.  
An overwhelming majority of respondents, around 90%, usually go online to
access timetable information for the service routes available in Moray.
‘Traditional’ means of accessing timetable information are far less likely to be the
usual go-to source: bus stops (11%), bus station (11%), and paper timetables (9%).
It is striking that only 42% of respondents feel that it is easy to access bus
service information, and of these a mere 13% feel that it is ‘extremely easy’. More
than one in five (22%) are of the view that it is either ‘difficult’ or ‘extremely difficult’ to
get bus information. 
Elsewhere in the survey, it is found that almost half (48%) of respondents know
either ‘not very much’ or ‘nothing at all’ about local bus services, compared to
52% that have a ‘fair amount’ or a ‘great deal’ of knowledge. However, there is
evidence that many respondents would be receptive to more information, with
around a quarter (26%) indicating that they would be encouraged to use their local
bus service ‘If I was more aware of, and /or more confident about local bus routes,
timetables, fares etc.’ 
Focusing on the m.connect on-demand service, 77% of respondents have at
least some knowledge of the service, suggesting a good level of awareness
within the community. It should be noted that those engaging with the survey may
be more likely than most to have an existing awareness of m.connect. Nevertheless,
it is an encouraging indication that the service has developed good visibility in
Moray. 
Page 218

Page 219

Moreover, over half (57%) of respondents have seen adverts for m.connect on-
demand transport – slightly more than have seen adverts for Stagecoach. Again, this
suggests that in the relatively short period of time that m.connect has been
operational there has been success in making the service visible to people in Moray,
albeit that reach has so far not been universal.  
When asked what factors that would encourage respondents to use local on-demand
bus services such as m.connect, an overwhelming majority agreed that the following
would make it more likely: ‘Reasonable journey times’ (89%), ‘Guaranteed response
times (from booking to pick up)’ (87%), ‘Safety’ (87%), ‘Stops are reasonably close
by’ (86%), ‘Comfort/ Cleanliness’ (84%), ‘Extended hours of operation’ (82%),
‘Affordability’ (79%), and ‘It’s better for the environment’ (77%).
In terms of how people would like to use on-demand services, 56% would like
to use a mobile phone app. Whilst this accounts for over half of respondents, it is
notable that there is a large minority (44%) that have not indicated a preference for
using a phone app which, whilst not the only means to book, is the primary booking
platform for m.connect on-demand. 
A sizeable minority (28%) that would like to book on-demand bus services via
phone – suggesting that there are many existing/potential m.connect customers that
have a preference for booking via an arrangement similar to the previous ‘Dial M for
Moray’ on demand service.  The survey also found that 42% would like to book
online, 18% by email, and 18% by SMS/text. Elsewhere in the survey when
respondents were asked to rank what is important to them as a passenger, ‘ease of
scheduling on-demand services’ was found to be a key issue for many, with
almost a quarter (24%) considering this the most important and around a third
(34%) the second most important.   
m.connect service analysis 
On-Demand service, explanatory notes:
Matched bookings = Journey that was offered and accepted within range of original
booking request. 
Unmatched bookings = Requested and couldn’t be accommodated by the service
and no alternative time to travel was offered.
Rider Rejected bookings = Bookings that have been offered by the service but
customer rejects
Cancelled = A confirmed booking cancelled by the customer.
Service rejected bookings = The number of booking requests rejected by the booking
system – this is usually followed by an offer to travel at an alternative time - See rider
rejected figure.
Bookings cancelled by service = Where the service is impacted by breakdown and
journeys require to be cancelled as there is no resource to re-allocate to another
vehicle.
Ride expired bookings = Where bookings are created on the app but are not
completed …they then expire when the booking page is idle for 5mins. 
Page 219

Page 220

Buckie – 
Service headlines: Buckie – experienced a 45% increase in passenger journeys from May
2023 to Mar 2024 
Additional journeys accommodated – 1345
Passenger app use is trending toward 50/50 split with use of call centre 
Peak Journey periods between 0800-1100hrs daily 
46% - single zone Journeys, 15% - 2 zone Journeys, 39% 3+ zone journeys. 
51% bookings matched.
25% rider rejected bookings  
16% Service rejected bookings
8% bookings expired 
Page 220

Page 221

Keith – 
Service headlines: Keith – experienced a 4% decline in passenger journeys from May 2023 to
Mar 2024 
Journey pattern remained similar to that of 2022-23
Passenger app use is low, use of call centre high 
Peak Journey periods between 1000-1200hrs daily 
30% - single zone Journeys, 4% - 2 zone Journeys, 27% 3+ zone journeys and 39% journeys
into Speyside. 
52% bookings matched.
28% rider rejected bookings  
13% Service rejected bookings
7% bookings expired 
Page 221

Page 222

Speyside – 
Service headlines: Speyside – experienced a 34% Increase in passenger journeys from May
2023 to Mar 2024 
Passenger app use exceeding call centre requests
Peak Journey periods between 0900-1100hrs  and peaks again from 1300-1500hrs daily 
45% - single zone Journeys, 15% - 2 zone Journeys, 2% 3 zone journeys, 4 zone journeys 3%
and 35% journeys into Keith. 
53% bookings matched.
28% rider rejected bookings  
12% Service rejected bookings
7% bookings expired 
On-demand service struggling to accommodate and connect Tomintoul and other rural
communities in zones 3 due to the distance vs demand from Zones 1, 2 and Keith journey
requests.   
Page 222

Page 223

Elgin – 
Service headlines: Elgin – experienced a 2% decline in passenger journeys from May 2023 to
Mar 2024 
Passenger app use growing; however, call centre requests remain high in Elgin.
Peak Journey periods between 0900-1300hrs daily…. Demand requested beyond 1400hrs
that can’t be accommodated as service ends at 1430hrs.  
63% - single zone Journeys, 4% - 2 zone Journeys, 15% 3 zone journeys and 18% journeys
into Fochabers / Buckie area. 
36% bookings matched.
29% rider rejected bookings  
27% Service rejected bookings
8% bookings expired 
On-demand service struggling to accommodate level of demand with current operating
hours, including connections into coastal communities. This is due to high demand in
Central Elgin and demand in Fochabers for journeys into Elgin. 
Service only managing to meet only a 1/3 of demand in the Elgin / Coastal area at present 
Page 223

Page 224

Forres – 
Service headlines: Forres – experienced a 6% Increase in passenger journeys from May 2023
to Mar 2024 
Passenger app use growing and exceeding call centre requests.
Peak Journey periods between 0900-1100hrs, 12-1330hrs and 1400-1600hrs daily…. 
66% - single zone Journeys, 28% - 2 zone Journeys, 6% - 3 zone journeys 
45% bookings matched.
31% rider rejected bookings  
19% Service rejected bookings
5% bookings expired 
On-demand service struggling to accommodate level of demand requests for single zone
journeys (Zone 1, central Forres). This impacts on the services ability to meet demand
requests outside of zone 1 as evidenced in the percentage figures.  The bulk of service
rejected rides are requests for zone 1 to 1 journeys.   
Page 224

Page 225

20240827 Full Committee Bus Revolution
Phase 2 
Appendix 2
Bus Revolution Phase 2 New Service Timetable information 
Service 333 Burghead – Hopeman – Duffus – Lossiemouth Mon-Fri 
Item 15.
Page 225

Page 226

Service 334 – Elgin North Circular Elgin-Garmouth-Kingston on Spey Mon-Fri 
Service 376 Auchbreck-Knockando-Aberlour Mon-Fri 
Page 226

Page 227

Service 368 Tomintoul-Dufftown-Keith (Aberlour / Elgin Connector) Mon-Fri 
Page 227

Page 228

Page 228

Page 229

20240827 Full Committee Bus Revolution
Phase 2 
Appendix 3 
Project Financial Position End of Year 1 (Financial Year 2023-24) 
Capital budget for the project remained, largely on track throughout the financial
year, recording a modest underspend that has been reallocated into future years
capital profile through the approved governance gateways within the project and
programme management framework.   
Revenue Budget supporting the project deliver the enhanced services introduced
during phase 1 is summarised below from the full Business case to actual figures at
the end of year one:
Revenue Expenditure  FBC
(£)
Actual (£) Variance 
(£)
App Licencing  5000 5000 
Staff Costs  228,840 228,840 
Fuel (electric & diesel)  27,375 21,411 -5964
Vehicle maintenance  30,345 30345 
Marketing  17,107 0 -17,107
Project Manager  60,000 71,363 11363
Total  368,667 356,959 11,708 
Funded By:  
Additional   
Farebox Income  79,044 30,395 48,649
Network Support Grant (NSG) 20,353 40,000 -19647
Employer Income 75,000 0 75000
Other – HiTrans (App Development)  5000 5000 
Moray Council  60,000 71,363 
Total  239,397 135,395 104,002
Item 15.
Page 229

Page 230

Below provides a summary financial position of all public transport provision provided
by the Public Transport Unit pre and post Bus Revolution Phase 1. 
FY2022-23 Pre-Phase 1 
Public Transport Unit  Operational
Costs 
Passenger
Journeys
Concessionary
Fares
Cash
Fares
Total
Fares 
Timetable Bus
services 
£135,006 27002 £46,030 £9801 £55,831
On-Demand Bus
services 
£270,623 18879 £34,992 £2494 £37,486
Total  £405,629 45881 £81,022 £12,295 £93,317
Annual NSG Income  £27,057
Total Income £120,374
Total Operational
Cost 
£405,629
Net Subsidy  £285,255
Subsidy per
passenger 
£6.22 per journey 
The above income values, creates a Baseline income in which to monitor project
impact on passenger journeys, income and a subsidy per passenger position at the
end of each financial year (FY). As noted previously, the project introduced a zonal
fare price point structure that was implemented on 02 May 2023.   
Zone  Single  Return  10 Journey 
1 £3.00 £5.00 £20.00
2 £5.50 £9.00 £36.00
3 £7.50 £9.00 £36.00
4 – All day travel £9.00 £9.00 £36.00 
Page 230

Page 231

The introduction of the 2023 fares model outlined a need to remodel the baseline
income to accurately reflect fare price point changes. This ensured that monitoring
income was comparable and didn’t create a false uplift in income that couldn’t be
repeated in future years. 
This work created a baseline position to monitor income and expenditure for whole
m.connect operations. These figures are used for monitoring financial performance
of both project and PTU budget allocations. The subsidy per passenger figure
generated in FY2022-23 has also been retained as a performance indicator, which
was £6.22 per passenger. 
FY2023-24 Post-Phase 1 (Year one) end of year position. 
Public Transport Unit  Operational
Costs 
Passenger
Journeys
Concessionary
Fares
Cash
Fares
Total
Fares 
Timetable Bus
services 
£295,308 34538 £89,883 £16,235 £106,118
On-Demand Bus
services 
£430,142 21106 £49,458 £5039 £54,497
Total  £725,450 55644 £139,691 £21312 £160,615
Annual NSG Income  £67,057
Total Income £227,672
Total Operational
Cost 
£682,420
Net Subsidy  £497,778
Subsidy per
passenger 
£8.94 per journey 
The end of year one evidenced an overall increase in subsidy per passenger. Below
provides a quick analysis of income which may explain why the subsidy increase
occurred: 
• Income model used to create Income forecasts within Full Business
Case (FBC) accounted for a higher percentage of full fare paying
passengers in year one than what was evidenced. 
Page 231

Page 232

• FBC also assumed a 50% increase in farebox income value once 2023
fare structure was introduced, however, detailed analysis showed only
a 28% increase in income value. 
• Overall passenger growth from FY23-24 was 22%, whereas farebox
income grew by 26%. The service required a 40% growth in farebox
income to achieve income targets set (£208,768). Subsidy per
passenger would have remained high at £7.30 if income target was
achieved.  
• Over 50% of journeys were single zone, short distance journeys at
£3.00, with 86% of customers being concessionary card travellers.
Netting the service only 54% of set fare price (e.g. £3.00 fare would be
reimbursed at £1.66). Evidencing the case that short distance fare price
point position will require review. 
• End year average fare price across the whole m.connect service was
£2.89. To meet farebox income targets set within the FBC the service
would have had to carry a total of 71988 passengers in order to
achieve set target or increase fare price points to obtain a £3.75
average fare.  
• No April farebox income recorded as project started in May 2023.
Assessed value for that month - £4,112 
The Service did record additional income through Network support Grant
(NSG) reimbursements totalling £19,647. This along with the assumed £4,112
of missed income from April 2023 reduces Net farebox income shortfall to
£24,890. 
In response to the Income shortfall for farebox revenue, the project board
agreed the following actions which are incorporated in the proposals above:
• Redesign Speyside service routes as part of Phase 2 operational
plans, reducing operational cost whilst retaining the core patronage that
existing services carry.
• Conduct a detailed farebox analysis, to include annual income
outcomes if fare price points were to increase by £0.50p and. or a
£1.00 – Impact on subsidy per passenger figure.
• Assess fare increase impact and model into income assumptions for
Phase 2 operational plans.
• Minimise revenue request for Phase 2 through efficiencies made to
existing services within the m.connect network. 
• Review of Income trajectory 6 months into Phase 2 delivery. If Income
levels remain lower than FBC forecast, a full financial case review to be
initiated. 
With the uplift in income being experienced during 24/25 the Net Passenger
Subsidy for the year is projected to be £8.66. 
Page 232

Page 233

Based on the information set out in the above sections, the projected Net
Passenger Subsidy for 25/26 incorporating Phase 2 proposals and fares
revisions is £7.88, demonstrating a marked improvement. 
Page 233

Page 234

Page 234